TWI834117B - Goods transporting method and apparatus, transfer apparatus, warehousing system, storage medium and computer product - Google Patents

Goods transporting method and apparatus, transfer apparatus, warehousing system, storage medium and computer product Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI834117B
TWI834117B TW111104624A TW111104624A TWI834117B TW I834117 B TWI834117 B TW I834117B TW 111104624 A TW111104624 A TW 111104624A TW 111104624 A TW111104624 A TW 111104624A TW I834117 B TWI834117 B TW I834117B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
goods
cargo
transportation
layer
size
Prior art date
Application number
TW111104624A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202237509A (en
Inventor
楊穗梅
謝超
Original Assignee
大陸商深圳市海柔創新科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110178254.2A external-priority patent/CN112896895B/en
Priority claimed from CN202110180433.XA external-priority patent/CN112896896A/en
Priority claimed from CN202110178253.8A external-priority patent/CN112896894B/en
Priority claimed from CN202110672049.1A external-priority patent/CN113306938B/en
Application filed by 大陸商深圳市海柔創新科技有限公司 filed Critical 大陸商深圳市海柔創新科技有限公司
Publication of TW202237509A publication Critical patent/TW202237509A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI834117B publication Critical patent/TWI834117B/en

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Warehouses Or Storage Devices (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides a goods transporting method and apparatus, a transfer apparatus, a warehousing system, a storage medium and computer product. The goods transporting method is applied to the transfer apparatus. The transfer apparatus includes a drifting shelf, and the drifting shelf includes a bracket and a conveying mechanism arranged on the bracket. The conveying mechanism is a multi-layer conveying mechanism, and the method includes: obtaining size information of goods; determining a target layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods based on the size information; and transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism, which achieving that a corresponding transportation line is determined based on the size information of the goods, so as to transport the goods based on the transporting line, thereby improving flexibility, safety and efficiency of goods transportation.

Description

貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品 Cargo transportation methods and devices, transfer devices, warehousing systems, storage media and computer program products

本公開涉及智能倉儲技術領域,尤其涉及一種貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品。 The present disclosure relates to the field of intelligent warehousing technology, and in particular to a cargo transportation method and device, a transfer device, a warehousing system, a storage medium and a computer program product.

基於倉儲機器人的智能倉儲系統採用智能操作系統,通過系統指令實現貨物的自動提取、存放和運輸,同時可以24小時不間斷運行,代替了人工管理和操作,提高了倉儲的效率,受到了廣泛的應用和青睞。 The intelligent warehousing system based on warehousing robots adopts an intelligent operating system to realize automatic extraction, storage and transportation of goods through system instructions. It can also operate 24 hours a day, replacing manual management and operations, improving the efficiency of warehousing, and has been widely used. application and favor.

當智能倉儲系統接收到入庫、分揀或出庫訂單時,需要通過一條或多條運輸線進行貨物運輸,從而完成貨物的入庫、分揀或出庫。倉儲系統的運輸線通常由卸料機和傳送線組件組成,而一個卸料機往往僅能運輸一種尺寸的貨物,即一個運輸線在一次作業 時,僅能運輸一種尺寸的貨物,貨物運輸效率較低,導致訂單處理效率低下,無法滿足需求。 When the intelligent warehousing system receives a warehousing, sorting or outbound order, the goods need to be transported through one or more transportation lines to complete the warehousing, sorting or outbound delivery of the goods. The transportation line of the warehousing system usually consists of an unloader and a conveyor line assembly, and an unloader can often only transport one size of goods, that is, one transportation line operates at one time. At that time, only one size of goods could be transported, and the cargo transportation efficiency was low, resulting in inefficient order processing and inability to meet demand.

本公開提供一種貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品,實現了基於貨物尺寸自適應匹配運輸線,提高了貨物運輸的靈活性和效率。 The present disclosure provides a cargo transportation method and device, a transfer device, a warehousing system, a storage medium and a computer program product, which enables adaptive matching of transportation lines based on cargo size and improves the flexibility and efficiency of cargo transportation.

第一方面,本公開實施例提供了一種貨物運輸方法,所述方法應用於中轉裝置,所述中轉裝置包括流利貨架,所述流利貨架包括支架和設置在所述支架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構為多層,所述方法包括:得到貨物的尺寸資訊;根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層;通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 In a first aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method of transporting goods. The method is applied to a transfer device. The transfer device includes a fluent shelf. The fluent shelf includes a bracket and a transmission mechanism provided on the bracket. The transfer mechanism is multi-layered, and the method includes: obtaining the size information of the goods; determining the target layer of the transfer mechanism corresponding to the goods according to the size information; transporting the goods through the target layer of the transfer mechanism .

可選地,所述中轉裝置還包括貨物提升組件,所述貨物提升組件的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構的一端對接,在根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層之後,所述方法還包括:基於所述貨物提升組件,將所述貨物搬運至所述傳送機構的目標層。 Optionally, the transfer device further includes a cargo lifting assembly, the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly is docked with one end of the conveying mechanism, and the size of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the cargo is determined based on the size information. After the target layer, the method further includes: transporting the goods to the target layer of the conveyor mechanism based on the goods lifting assembly.

可選地,得到貨物的貨物尺寸,包括:基於貨物提升組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 Optionally, obtaining the cargo size of the cargo includes: obtaining the size information of the cargo based on the first scan set on the cargo lifting component.

可選地,所述中轉裝置還包括傳送線組件,所述傳送線組件與所述貨物提升組件遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接,以將所 述貨物運輸至所述貨物提升組件,得到貨物的貨物尺寸,包括:基於傳送線組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 Optionally, the transfer device further includes a conveyor line assembly, which is docked with an end of the cargo lifting assembly away from the cargo entrance and exit, so as to Transporting the goods to the cargo lifting assembly and obtaining the cargo size of the cargo includes: obtaining the size information of the cargo based on the first scan provided on the conveyor line assembly.

可選地,所述尺寸資訊為基於搬運機器人上設置的第二掃描件獲取的。 Optionally, the size information is obtained based on the second scanned piece provided on the handling robot.

可選地,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:確定所述貨物的傳送方向;基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層;通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, transporting the goods through the target layer of the transfer mechanism includes: determining the transfer direction of the goods; based on the transfer direction, adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism; through the The target layer of the conveying mechanism transports the goods.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括調整機構,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,通過所述調整機構,確定所述傳送機構的各層的傾斜角度,以使位於所述傳送機構的目標層的貨物產生沿所述傳送方向的分力。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes an adjustment mechanism, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: determining the transfer mechanism through the adjustment mechanism based on the transfer direction. The inclination angle of each layer of the mechanism is such that the goods located on the target layer of the conveying mechanism generate a component force along the conveying direction.

相應的,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過傾斜的所述傳送機構的目標層,運輸所述貨物。 Correspondingly, transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism includes: transporting the goods through the inclined target layer of the conveying mechanism.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括第一傳送部和第二傳送部,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構的第二傳送部,以使所述第二傳送部的高度大於所述第一傳送部的高度,且使所述第二傳送部形成傾斜坡面。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes a first transfer part and a second transfer part, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: adjusting the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction. The second conveying part of the conveying mechanism is such that the height of the second conveying part is greater than the height of the first conveying part, and the second conveying part forms an inclined slope.

相應的,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過所述目標層對應的所述第二傳送部形成的傾斜坡面以及所述 第一傳送部形成的水平面,運輸所述貨物。 Correspondingly, transporting the goods through the target layer of the transfer mechanism includes: an inclined slope formed by the second transfer part corresponding to the target layer and the The horizontal plane formed by the first conveying part transports the goods.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括滾動傳送件,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,確定所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件的轉動模式,以使所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件在所述轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes a rolling transfer member, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: determining the rolling transfer member or the target layer based on the transfer direction. The target layer corresponds to a rotation mode of the rolling conveyor, so that the rolling conveyor or the target layer corresponds to the rolling conveyor to rotate around its own rotation axis in the rotation mode.

第二方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種貨物運輸裝置,該貨物運輸裝置包括:第一尺寸獲取模組,用於得到貨物的尺寸資訊;第一層級確定模組,用於根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構的目標層;第一貨物運輸模組,用於通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 In a second aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a cargo transport device. The cargo transport device includes: a first size acquisition module, used to obtain the size information of the cargo; a first level determination module, used to determine the size according to the size. information to determine the target layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the goods; the first cargo transportation module is used to transport the goods through the target layer of the transmission mechanism.

第三方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種中轉裝置,該中轉裝置用於倉儲系統中上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,所述中轉裝置包括流利貨架和第一主控單元;其中,所述流利貨架包括支架和設置在所述支架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構為多層;所述第一主控單元用於生成控制信號,以基於所述控制信號以及所述流利貨架實現本公開第一方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a third aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a transfer device, which is used for the transfer and transportation of goods during loading or unloading in a warehousing system. The transfer device includes a flow shelf and a first master control unit. unit; wherein, the fluent shelf includes a bracket and a transmission mechanism provided on the bracket, and the transmission mechanism is multi-layered; the first main control unit is used to generate a control signal based on the control signal and the The flow shelf implements the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to the first aspect of the present disclosure.

第四方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括倉儲貨架和本公開第三方面對應的實施例提供的中轉裝置。 In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a storage system, which includes a storage shelf and a transfer device provided by a corresponding embodiment of the third aspect of the present disclosure.

第五方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,所述計算機可讀儲存媒體中儲存有計算機執行指令,當中轉 裝置的處理器執行所述計算機執行指令時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現如本公開第一方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium, in which computer execution instructions are stored. When the processor of the device executes the computer execution instructions, the cargo transportation device implements the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to the first aspect of the present disclosure.

第六方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機程式產品,包括計算機程式,所處計算機程式被中轉裝置或倉儲系統的處理執行時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現本公開第一方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer program product, including a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a transfer device or a warehousing system, the cargo transport device can implement any implementation corresponding to the first aspect of the present disclosure. Examples of cargo transportation methods provided.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品,基於多層流利貨架,根據需要運輸的貨物的尺寸資訊,為其匹配相應的運輸線,即匹配流利貨架的傳送機構的目標層,從而通過傳送機構的目標層運輸貨物,以將其運輸至搬運機器人或操作臺,從而完成相應的入庫、出庫或者分揀任務,實現了多種尺寸貨物的並行運輸,提高了貨物運輸的靈活性以及運輸效率,提高了倉儲系統的訂單處理效率。 The cargo transportation methods and devices, transfer devices, warehousing systems, storage media and computer program products provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure are based on multi-layer fluent shelves and match corresponding transportation lines according to the size information of the goods that need to be transported, that is, matching The target layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf transports goods through the target layer of the conveyor mechanism to transport them to the handling robot or operating table to complete the corresponding warehousing, outgoing or sorting tasks, and realizes the parallel transportation of goods of multiple sizes. , improves the flexibility and efficiency of cargo transportation, and improves the order processing efficiency of the warehousing system.

本公開還提供一種貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品,實現了中轉裝置中的暫存貨架實現了貨物的緩存,減輕了原輸送線貨物運輸的壓力,提高了貨物運輸的效率。 The present disclosure also provides a cargo transportation method and device, a transfer device, a warehousing system, a storage medium and a computer program product, which realizes the temporary storage rack in the transfer device and realizes the caching of goods, reducing the pressure of cargo transportation on the original conveyor line. , improving the efficiency of cargo transportation.

第七方面,本公開實施例提供了一種貨物運輸方法,所述方法應用於中轉裝置,所述中轉裝置包括提升機、暫存貨架和傳送線組件,所述暫存貨架包括支撐架和設置在所述支撐架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構的一端與所述提升機的貨物出入口對接,所述傳送機構的另一端與所述傳送線組件的貨物出入口對接,所述方 法包括:確定待運輸貨物;基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 In a seventh aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for transporting goods. The method is applied to a transfer device. The transfer device includes a lift, a temporary storage rack and a transmission line assembly. The temporary storage rack includes a support frame and a transmission line assembly. A transmission mechanism is provided on the support frame. One end of the transmission mechanism is docked with the cargo entrance and exit of the elevator, and the other end of the transmission mechanism is docked with the cargo entrance and exit of the transmission line assembly. The method includes: determining the goods to be transported; and transporting the goods to be transported to the transmission line assembly or the elevator based on the transmission mechanism of the temporary storage rack.

可選地,基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機,包括:基於所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向,通過所述傳送機構將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 Optionally, transporting the goods to be transported to the conveyor line assembly or elevator based on the transmission mechanism of the temporary storage rack includes: based on the transmission direction of the goods to be transported, transporting the goods to be transported through the transmission mechanism The goods to be transported are transported to the conveyor line assembly or elevator.

可選地,基於所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向,通過所述傳送機構將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機,包括:當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第一方向時,基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件;和/或,當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第二方向時,基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述提升機;其中,所述第一方向與所述第二方向為相反的兩個運輸方向。 Optionally, based on the transport direction of the goods to be transported, transporting the goods to be transported to the conveyor line assembly or the elevator through the transport mechanism includes: when the transport direction of the goods to be transported is the first When the direction is the second direction, the goods to be transported are transported to the conveyor line assembly based on the transmission mechanism of the temporary storage rack; and/or when the transportation direction of the goods to be transported is the second direction, based on the temporary storage rack, the goods to be transported are transported in the second direction. The transport mechanism of the storage rack transports the goods to be transported to the elevator; wherein the first direction and the second direction are two opposite transport directions.

可選地,在確定待運輸貨物之後,所述方法還包括:根據所述待運輸貨物的運輸任務和/或所述待運輸貨物的位置,確定所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向;基於所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向,確定所述傳送機構的預設層的傳送方向,以基於所述傳送機構的預設層將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 Optionally, after determining the goods to be transported, the method further includes: determining the transport direction of the goods to be transported according to the transportation task of the goods to be transported and/or the location of the goods to be transported; based on the The conveying direction of the goods to be transported determines the conveying direction of the preset layer of the conveying mechanism, so that the goods to be transported are transported to the conveying line assembly or the elevator based on the preset layer of the conveying mechanism.

可選地,所述方法還包括:確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述傳送機構的預設層,以基於所述預設層沿所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向,將所述待運輸貨 物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 Optionally, the method further includes: determining a preset layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods to be transported, so as to transfer the goods to be transported along the conveying direction of the goods to be transported based on the preset layer. Transport items to the conveyor line assembly or elevator.

可選地,確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述傳送機構的預設層,包括:當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第一方向時,根據所述傳送線組件運輸的貨物,確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述傳送機構的預設層。 Optionally, determining the preset layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods to be transported includes: when the conveying direction of the goods to be transported is the first direction, determining the goods according to the goods transported by the conveying line assembly. The preset layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods to be transported.

可選地,在確定所述待運輸貨物之後,所述方法還包括:根據所述提升機對應的貨物或所述傳送線組件運輸的貨物,確定所述傳送機構的傳送速度。 Optionally, after determining the goods to be transported, the method further includes: determining the conveying speed of the conveying mechanism based on the goods corresponding to the elevator or the goods transported by the conveying line assembly.

相應的,基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機,包括:控制所述傳送機構基於所述傳送速度,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 Correspondingly, transporting the goods to be transported to the conveyor line assembly or elevator based on the transmission mechanism of the temporary storage rack includes: controlling the transmission mechanism to transport the goods to be transported based on the transmission speed. to the conveyor line assembly or elevator.

可選地,根據所述提升機對應的貨物或所述傳送線組件運輸的貨物,確定所述傳送機構的傳送速度,包括:當待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第一方向時,根據所述傳送線組件運輸的貨物的位置以及所述傳送線組件的運輸速度,確定所述傳送機構的傳送速度,以控制所述傳送機構基於所述傳送速度,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件;和/或,當待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第二方向時,根據所述提升機的層數和所述提升機對應的各個貨物的位置,確定所述傳送機構的傳送速度,以控制所述傳送機構基於所述傳送速度,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所 述提升機。 Optionally, determining the conveying speed of the conveying mechanism according to the goods corresponding to the elevator or the goods transported by the conveying line assembly includes: when the conveying direction of the goods to be transported is the first direction, according to the conveying speed The position of the goods transported by the line assembly and the transportation speed of the transmission line assembly determine the transmission speed of the transmission mechanism to control the transmission mechanism to transport the goods to be transported to the transmission line based on the transmission speed. assembly; and/or, when the transmission direction of the goods to be transported is the second direction, the transmission speed of the transmission mechanism is determined according to the number of layers of the elevator and the position of each cargo corresponding to the elevator to control The conveying mechanism transports the goods to be transported to the destination based on the conveying speed. Describe the elevator.

可選地,所述方法還包括:當所述待運輸貨物放置於所述傳送機構的預設層時,基於所述傳送機構,採集所述待運輸貨物的檢測資訊;基於所述檢測資訊,判斷所述待運輸貨物是否滿足運輸條件;若是,則基於所述傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 Optionally, the method further includes: when the goods to be transported are placed on a preset layer of the transmission mechanism, collecting detection information of the goods to be transported based on the transmission mechanism; based on the detection information, It is determined whether the goods to be transported meet the transportation conditions; if so, the goods to be transported are transported to the conveyor line assembly or the elevator based on the transmission mechanism.

可選地,所述檢測資訊為所述待運輸貨物的貨物標識、貨物尺寸和貨物重量中的一項或多項,基於所述檢測資訊,判斷所述待運輸貨物是否滿足運輸條件,包括下述至少一項:判斷所述待運輸貨物的貨物標識是否為預設標識;判斷所述貨物尺寸是否在預設尺寸範圍內;判斷所述貨物重量是否在預設重量範圍內;若上述至少一項為否,則確定所述待運輸貨物不滿足所述運輸條件。 Optionally, the detection information is one or more of the cargo identification, cargo size and cargo weight of the cargo to be transported. Based on the detection information, it is determined whether the cargo to be transported meets the transportation conditions, including the following At least one item: determine whether the cargo identification of the goods to be transported is a preset identification; determine whether the size of the goods is within the preset size range; determine whether the weight of the goods is within the preset weight range; if at least one of the above If no, it is determined that the goods to be transported do not meet the transportation conditions.

可選地,當所述待運輸貨物不滿足所述運輸條件時,所述方法還包括:確定所述傳送機構的預設層的方向為所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向的反方向,以將所述待運輸貨物沿原路運回。 Optionally, when the goods to be transported do not meet the transportation conditions, the method further includes: determining the direction of the preset layer of the conveying mechanism to be the opposite direction of the conveying direction of the goods to be transported, so as to The goods to be transported are transported back along the original route.

可選地,當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第一方向,且所述待運輸貨物不滿足所述運輸條件時,所述方法還包括:控制機器人將所述待運輸貨物搬運至操作臺或所述待運輸貨物對應的庫位。 Optionally, when the transport direction of the goods to be transported is the first direction and the goods to be transported do not meet the transportation conditions, the method further includes: controlling the robot to transport the goods to the operation console. Or the storage location corresponding to the goods to be transported.

可選地,當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第二方向,且所 述待運輸貨物不滿足所述運輸條件時,所述方法還包括:通過提升機,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送機構的第二預設層,其中,所述第二預設層與所述預設層的傳送方向相反;基於所述第二預設層,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件。 Optionally, when the transport direction of the goods to be transported is the second direction, and the When the goods to be transported do not meet the transportation conditions, the method further includes: transporting the goods to be transported to a second preset level of the conveying mechanism through a lift, wherein the second preset level Opposite to the transport direction of the preset layer; based on the second preset layer, the goods to be transported are transported to the conveyor line assembly.

可選地,所述中轉裝置還包括流利貨架,所述流利貨架的貨物出入口與所述提升機遠離所述暫存貨架一端的貨物出入口對接,以將所述提升機上的所述貨物通過所述流利貨架傳送至搬運機器人,或者將搬運機器人上的貨物通過所述流利貨架傳送至所述提升機,當所述待運輸貨物的傳送方向為第二方向時,所述方法還包括: 確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述流利貨架的目標層;基於所述目標層,生成所述提升機的提升控制信號,以基於所述提升控制信號控制所述提升機將所述待運輸貨物提升至所述流利貨架的目標層。 Optionally, the transfer device further includes a fluent shelf, the cargo inlet and outlet of the fluent shelf is docked with the cargo inlet and outlet at one end of the elevator away from the temporary storage rack, so that the goods on the elevator can pass through The fluent shelf is transmitted to the handling robot, or the goods on the handling robot are conveyed to the elevator through the fluent shelf. When the conveying direction of the goods to be transported is the second direction, the method further includes: Determine the target layer of the flow shelf corresponding to the goods to be transported; based on the target layer, generate a lifting control signal of the elevator to control the elevator to move the goods to be transported based on the lifting control signal Promote to the target level of said fluent shelf.

可選地,確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述流利貨架的目標層,包括:根據所述待運輸貨物的貨物尺寸,確定所述待運輸貨物對應的所述流利貨架的目標層。 Optionally, determining the target layer of the fluent shelf corresponding to the goods to be transported includes: determining the target layer of the fluent shelf corresponding to the goods to be transported according to the cargo size of the goods to be transported.

第八方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種貨物運輸裝置,所述貨物運輸裝置應用於中轉裝置,所述中轉裝置包括提升機、暫存貨架和傳送線組件,所述暫存貨架包括支撐架和設置在所述支撐 架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構的一端與所述提升機的貨物出入口對接,所述傳送機構的另一端與所述傳送線組件的貨物出入口對接,所述貨物運輸裝置包括:貨物確定模組,用於確定待運輸貨物;貨物運輸模組,用於基於所述暫存貨架的傳送機構,將所述待運輸貨物運輸至所述傳送線組件或提升機。 In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a cargo transport device. The cargo transport device is used in a transfer device. The transfer device includes a lift, a temporary storage rack and a transmission line assembly. The temporary storage rack includes support frame and set on the support A transmission mechanism on the rack, one end of the transmission mechanism is connected with the cargo entrance and exit of the elevator, and the other end of the transmission mechanism is connected with the cargo entrance and exit of the transmission line assembly. The cargo transportation device includes: a cargo determination module A group is used to determine the goods to be transported; a cargo transportation module is used to transport the goods to be transported to the transmission line assembly or the elevator based on the transmission mechanism of the temporary storage rack.

第九方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種中轉裝置,用於倉儲系統中上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,所述中轉裝置包括提升機、暫存貨架、傳送線組件和主控單元;所述暫存貨架包括支撐架和設置在所述支撐架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構的一端與所述提升機的貨物出入口對接,所述傳送機構的另一端與所述傳送線組件的貨物出入口對接;所述主控單元用於執行本公開第七方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a transfer device for the transfer and transportation of goods during loading or unloading in a warehousing system. The transfer device includes a lift, a temporary storage rack, a conveyor line assembly and Main control unit; the temporary storage rack includes a support frame and a transmission mechanism arranged on the support frame. One end of the transmission mechanism is connected to the cargo entrance and exit of the elevator, and the other end of the transmission mechanism is connected to the cargo entrance and exit of the elevator. The cargo entrance and exit of the conveyor line assembly are connected; the main control unit is used to execute the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to the seventh aspect of the present disclosure.

第十方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括倉儲貨架和本公開第九方面對應的實施例提供的中轉裝置。 In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a storage system, which includes a storage shelf and a transfer device provided by a corresponding embodiment of the ninth aspect of the present disclosure.

第十一方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,所述計算機可讀儲存媒體中儲存有計算機執行指令,當中轉裝置的處理器執行所述計算機執行指令時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現如本公開第七方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In an eleventh aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium. Computer-executable instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the processor of the transit device executes the computer-executed instructions, the goods are transported The device implements the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to the seventh aspect of the present disclosure.

第十二方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機程式產品,包括計算機程式,所處計算機程式被中轉裝置或倉儲系統的處 理執行時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現本公開第七方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a twelfth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer program product, including a computer program, where the computer program is processed by a transfer device or a storage system. When the processing is executed, the cargo transportation device is caused to implement the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to the seventh aspect of the present disclosure.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法及裝置、中轉裝置、倉儲系統、儲存媒體及計算機程式產品,針對包括提升機、暫存貨架和傳送線組件的中轉裝置,當存在需要通過該中轉裝置進行運輸的待運輸貨物時,通過暫存貨架的傳送結構,將該待運輸貨物運輸至傳送線組件或者提升機,從而實現待運輸貨物的出庫或入庫。通過該暫存貨架實現了提升機或者傳送線組件上運輸的貨物的中轉或緩存,當運輸的貨物數量較多時,提升機可以通過將貨物轉運至該暫存貨架,而減少提升機的等待時間,使得提升機無需等待其上全部貨物被傳送線組件運輸之後,再進行下一批次的貨物的運輸,提高了提升機的工作效率以及貨物運輸的效率;同時,當運輸的貨物數量較多時,通過將傳送線組件上運輸的貨物緩存至暫存貨架,從而無需減慢傳送線組件的傳輸速度,以保持傳送線組件上運輸的貨物之間的間距,提高了傳送線組件的工作效率以及貨物運輸的效率。 The cargo transportation methods and devices, transfer devices, warehousing systems, storage media and computer program products provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure are aimed at transfer devices including elevators, temporary storage racks and conveyor line components. When there is a need to pass through the transfer When the device transports the goods to be transported, the goods to be transported are transported to the conveyor line assembly or the elevator through the transmission structure of the temporary storage rack, thereby realizing the outgoing or warehousing of the goods to be transported. The temporary storage rack realizes the transfer or buffering of goods transported on the elevator or conveyor line assembly. When the quantity of transported goods is large, the elevator can transfer the goods to the temporary storage rack, thereby reducing the load of the elevator. The waiting time eliminates the need for the elevator to wait for all the goods on it to be transported by the conveyor line assembly before transporting the next batch of goods, which improves the working efficiency of the elevator and the efficiency of cargo transportation; at the same time, when the number of transported goods In many cases, by buffering the goods transported on the conveyor line assembly to the temporary storage rack, there is no need to slow down the transmission speed of the conveyor line assembly to maintain the distance between the goods transported on the conveyor line assembly, thereby improving the efficiency of the conveyor line assembly. Work efficiency and cargo transportation efficiency.

本公開還提供一種貨物運輸方法、裝置、流利貨架、倉儲系統及儲存媒體,實現了基於訂單中各個貨物尺寸自適應調整流利貨架的寬度,從而使得流利貨架可以同時運輸不同尺寸的貨物,提高了貨物運輸的靈活性和效率。 The disclosure also provides a cargo transportation method, device, fluent shelf, warehousing system and storage media, which realizes adaptive adjustment of the width of the fluent shelf based on the size of each cargo in the order, so that the fluent shelf can transport goods of different sizes at the same time, improving the efficiency Flexibility and efficiency in cargo transportation.

第十三方面,本公開實施例提供了一種貨物運輸方法,所述方法包括:獲取貨物運輸訂單;根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨 物的尺寸資訊,確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,以通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸。 In a thirteenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for transporting goods. The method includes: obtaining a transport order for goods; The size information of the goods is used to determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf, so that goods with matching width can be transported through each layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,包括:根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級;根據各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, determining the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order includes: determining each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order; based on each size level, Determine the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級的數量小於所述傳送機構的層數時,根據各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,包括:獲取各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量;根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量、尺寸等級的數量、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及所述傳送機構的層數,確定所述傳送機構的各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, when the number of the size classes is less than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism according to each size class includes: obtaining the number of goods corresponding to each size class; The transport width of each layer of the transport mechanism is determined by the quantity of goods corresponding to the size class, the quantity of the size class, the total quantity of goods in the cargo transport order and the number of layers of the transport mechanism.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級的數量大於所述傳送機構的層數時,根據各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,包括:根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級,其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述尺寸等級組成,所述組合尺寸等級對應所述傳送機構的第一預設層;針對每個組合尺寸等級,根據所述組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構的所述組合尺寸等級對應的第一預設層的至少兩個運輸寬度,其中,所述第一預設層寬度匹配的貨物為相應的所述組合尺寸等級對應的貨物。 Optionally, when the number of the size classes is greater than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism according to each size class includes: determining at least according to the number of goods corresponding to each size class. A combined size level, wherein the combined size level is composed of at least two of the size levels, and the combined size level corresponds to the first preset layer of the conveying mechanism; for each combined size level, according to the combination Each size level corresponding to the size level determines at least two transportation widths of the first preset layer corresponding to the combined size level of the conveying mechanism, wherein the goods whose width matches the first preset layer are the corresponding all Goods corresponding to the above combined size classes.

當所述尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量大於預設值時,所述 方法還包括:針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,確定所述尺寸等級對應的所述傳送機構的至少一個第二預設層。 When the quantity of goods corresponding to the size level is greater than the preset value, the The method further includes: for each size level except the combined size level, determining at least one second preset layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the size level.

相應的,根據各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,包括:針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的所述尺寸等級,根據所述尺寸等級,確定至少一個第二預設層的運輸寬度。 Correspondingly, determining the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism according to each size class includes: for the size class other than the combined size class, determining the width of at least one second preset layer according to the size class. Shipping width.

可選地,根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級,包括:根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量與預設數量的第一比值,將各個所述尺寸等級劃分為第一尺寸等級和第二尺寸等級,其中,所述預設數量為所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量與所述傳送機構的層數的比值,所述第一尺寸等級對應的比值大於或等於1,所述第二尺寸等級對應的比值小於1;根據所述傳送機構的層數和第一數量的第一差值,確定第二數量,其中,所述第一數量為所述第一尺寸等級的數量,所述第一差值至少為1;根據所述第二數量以及所述第二尺寸等級的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級,其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述第二尺寸等級組成。 Optionally, determining at least one combined size class based on the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class includes: dividing each of the size classes into a first ratio based on a first ratio of the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class and a preset quantity. A size level and a second size level, wherein the preset quantity is the ratio of the total quantity of goods in the cargo transportation order to the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, and the ratio corresponding to the first size level is greater than or equal to 1. The ratio corresponding to the second size level is less than 1; the second quantity is determined according to the first difference between the number of layers of the transmission mechanism and the first quantity, wherein the first quantity is the first size The number of grades, the first difference is at least 1; at least one combined size grade is determined according to the second number and the number of the second size grade, wherein the combined size grade consists of at least two of the Second size class composition.

可選地,所述流利貨架還包括限位組件,在確定傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,所述方法還包括:根據所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,確定所述限位組件的限位參數,以基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, the fluent shelf further includes a limiting component. After determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism, the method further includes: determining the limiting parameters of the limiting component according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism. , to adjust the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism based on the limit parameter.

可選地,所述傳送機構的每層均設置有至少一個所述限位組件,每一所述限位組件包括兩個限位件,兩個所述限位件分別 位於所述傳送機構的相應層的兩側,根據所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,確定所述限位組件的限位參數,包括:根據所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,確定各層對應的至少一個所述限位組件的兩個所述限位件的間距。 Optionally, each layer of the transmission mechanism is provided with at least one limiting component, and each limiting component includes two limiting members, and the two limiting members are respectively Located on both sides of the corresponding layer of the conveying mechanism, determining the limiting parameters of the limiting component according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism includes: according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism, determining at least one corresponding to each layer The distance between two limiting parts of one limiting component.

可選地,獲取貨物運輸訂單,包括:獲取各個第一貨物訂單;根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單,其中,所述貨物運輸訂單包括一個或多個所述第一貨物訂單。 Optionally, obtaining the goods transportation order includes: obtaining each first goods order; and determining each of the goods transportation orders according to the quantity of the first goods order and the quantity of goods corresponding to each first goods order, wherein , the goods transportation order includes one or more first goods orders.

可選地,獲取各個第一貨物訂單,包括:按照預設時間間隔,獲取所述預設時間間隔對應的各個第一貨物訂單。 Optionally, obtaining each first goods order includes: obtaining each first goods order corresponding to the preset time interval according to a preset time interval.

可選地,在確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,所述方法還包括:基於搬運機器人,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層;或,基於貨物提升組件,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層,其中,所述貨物提升組件的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構的一端對接;或,基於傳送線組件以及貨物提升組件,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層,其中,所述傳送線組件與所述貨物提升組件遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接。 Optionally, after determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf, the method further includes: transporting the goods corresponding to each of the goods transportation orders to the corresponding layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf based on a handling robot ; Or, based on the cargo lifting assembly, transport the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transportation orders to the corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf, wherein the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly is docked with one end of the transmission mechanism ; Or, based on the transmission line assembly and the cargo lifting assembly, transport the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transportation orders to the corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf, wherein the transmission line assembly is far away from the cargo lifting assembly One end of the cargo entrance and exit is docked.

可選地,在基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,所述方法還包括:基於掃描件,採集所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的第二尺寸資訊;針對每個貨物,根據所述貨物的第二 尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層,以基於所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, after adjusting the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism based on the limit parameter, the method further includes: based on the scan, collecting the second size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order; for each cargo, According to the second of the goods The size information is used to determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods, so as to transport the goods based on the target layer of the conveying mechanism.

第十四方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種貨物運輸裝置,該貨物運輸裝置包括:訂單獲取模組,用於獲取貨物運輸訂單;運輸寬度確定模組,用於根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,以通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的各個貨物的運輸。 In a fourteenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a cargo transportation device. The cargo transportation device includes: an order acquisition module for obtaining a cargo transportation order; and a transportation width determination module for determining the cargo transportation order according to the order. The size information of each cargo determines the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf, so that each cargo with matching width can be transported through each layer of the conveyor mechanism.

第十五方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種流利貨架,包括傳送機構以及第二主控單元;其中,所述傳送機構包括多層;所述第二主控單元用於執行本公開第十三方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a fifteenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a fluent shelf, including a transfer mechanism and a second main control unit; wherein the transfer mechanism includes multiple layers; and the second main control unit is used to execute the thirteenth aspect of the present disclosure. The goods transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to this aspect.

第十六方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括倉儲貨架和本公開第十五方面對應的實施例提供的流利貨架。 In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the disclosure further provides a storage system, which includes a storage shelf and a flow shelf provided by a corresponding embodiment of the fifteenth aspect of the disclosure.

第十七方面,本公開實施例還提供另一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括流利貨架和至少一個處理器;其中,所述流利貨架包括多層的傳送機構;所述至少一個處理器用於執行本公開第十三方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a seventeenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide another storage system, which includes a fluent shelf and at least one processor; wherein the fluent shelf includes a multi-layer conveying mechanism; and the at least one processor is used to execute the present disclosure. The thirteenth aspect corresponds to the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment.

第十八方面,本公開實施例還提供一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,所述計算機可讀儲存媒體中儲存有計算機執行指令,當處理器執行所述計算機執行指令時,實現如本公開第十三方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In an eighteenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium. Computer-executable instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the processor executes the computer-executable instructions, the thirteenth aspect of the present disclosure is implemented. The goods transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to this aspect.

第十九方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機程式產品,包括計算機程式,所處計算機程式被中轉裝置或倉儲系統的處理器執行時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現本公開第十三方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a nineteenth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer program product, including a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor of a transfer device or a warehousing system, the cargo transport device implements the corresponding function of the thirteenth aspect of the present disclosure. Any embodiment provides a cargo transportation method.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法、裝置、流利貨架、倉儲系統及儲存媒體,基於貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,自適應確定流利貨架的傳送機構的各層的運輸寬度,從而基於傳送機構的各層,同時進行貨物運輸訂單中寬度匹配的各個貨物的運輸,使得流利貨架具備同時運輸不同尺寸的貨物的能力,提高了貨物運輸的效率以及訂單處理的效率。 The cargo transportation method, device, fluent shelf, warehousing system and storage media provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure adaptively determine the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, thereby based on the transmission mechanism Each layer of the shelf transports goods with matching widths in the goods transportation order at the same time, making the fluent shelves capable of transporting goods of different sizes at the same time, improving the efficiency of goods transportation and order processing.

本公開還提供一種貨物運輸方法、裝置、流利貨架、中轉裝置及倉儲系統,基於流利貨架的校正裝置,實現了對運輸中的貨物的位置校正,提高了貨物運輸的安全性。 The disclosure also provides a cargo transportation method, device, flow shelf, transfer device and storage system. The correction device based on the flow shelf realizes the position correction of the goods in transportation and improves the safety of the goods transportation.

第二十方面,本公開實施例提供了一種貨物運輸方法,所述方法應用於流利貨架,所述中流利貨架包括支架、設置於所述支架上的傳送機構和校正裝置,所述方法包括:基於所述流利貨架沿傳送方向運輸貨物;當所述流利貨架的所述傳送機構上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,基於所述校正裝置對所述貨物進行位置校正。 In a twentieth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for transporting goods. The method is applied to a fluent shelf. The medium fluent shelf includes a bracket, a transmission mechanism and a correction device provided on the bracket. The method includes: The goods are transported along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf; when the goods on the conveying mechanism of the fluent shelf are transported to a preset area, the position of the goods is corrected based on the correction device.

可選地,所述校正裝置包括位於所述傳送方向的兩側且相對設置的兩個夾持結構,對所述貨物進行位置校正,包括:基於兩個所述夾持結構,按照預設模式夾持所述貨物,以使所述貨物沿垂直於所述傳送方向上居中。 Optionally, the correction device includes two clamping structures located on both sides of the conveying direction and arranged oppositely, and position correction of the goods includes: based on the two clamping structures, according to a preset mode The goods are clamped so that the goods are centered perpendicular to the conveying direction.

可選地,所述夾持結構為弧形結構或直板結構。 Optionally, the clamping structure is an arc structure or a straight structure.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括滾動傳送件,所述滾動傳送件具有與所述貨物滾動接觸的外輪廓面,基於所述流利貨架沿傳送方向運輸貨物,包括:基於所述滾動傳送件繞自身的轉動軸線轉動的方式,沿所述傳送方向運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the conveying mechanism includes a rolling conveying member, the rolling conveying member has an outer contour surface that is in rolling contact with the goods, and transporting the goods along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf includes: based on the rolling conveying member around The goods are transported along the conveying direction by rotating its own axis of rotation.

可選地,所述傳送機構為多層,在對所述貨物進行位置校正之前,所述方法還包括:確定所述傳送機構每層正在運輸的貨物的數量;針對傳送機構的每層,若當前層處於預設區域的貨物的數量大於1,則控制當前層對應的所述滾動傳送件停止轉動,以對當前層的各個所述貨物進行位置校正。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism is multi-layered. Before positioning the goods, the method further includes: determining the quantity of goods being transported on each layer of the transfer mechanism; for each layer of the transfer mechanism, if the current If the number of goods on a layer in the preset area is greater than 1, the rolling transmission member corresponding to the current layer is controlled to stop rotating to perform position correction for each of the goods on the current layer.

可選地,基於兩個所述夾持結構,按照預設模式夾持所述貨物,包括:控制兩個所述夾持結構由各自的默認位置進行相對運動,直至夾持所述貨物;當夾持所述貨物預設時間後,控制兩個所述夾持結構移動至默認位置。 Optionally, clamping the goods according to a preset mode based on the two clamping structures includes: controlling the relative movement of the two clamping structures from their respective default positions until the goods are clamped; when After clamping the goods for a preset time, the two clamping structures are controlled to move to a default position.

可選地,對所述貨物進行位置校正,包括:獲取的所述貨物的位置資訊;根據所述位置資訊,對所述貨物進行位置校正。 Optionally, performing position correction on the goods includes: obtaining position information of the goods; performing position correction on the goods according to the position information.

第二十一方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種貨物運輸裝置,該貨物運輸裝置包括:貨物運輸模組,用於基於流利貨架沿傳送方向運輸貨物;貨物校正模組,用於當所述流利貨架的所述傳送機構上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,對所述貨物進行位置校正。 In a twenty-first aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure further provide a cargo transport device, which includes: a cargo transport module for transporting cargo along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf; and a cargo correction module for when the When the goods on the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf are transported to the preset area, the position of the goods is corrected.

第二十二方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種流利貨架,該流利貨架包括支架、設置於所述支架上的傳送機構、校正裝置和第 三主控單元;其中,所述第三主控單元用於生成控制信號,以基於所述控制信號控制所述傳送機構和校正裝置實現本公開第二十方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a twenty-second aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a fluent shelf, which includes a bracket, a transmission mechanism disposed on the bracket, a correction device, and a third Three main control units; wherein the third main control unit is used to generate a control signal to control the transmission mechanism and the correction device based on the control signal to implement the cargo transportation provided by any embodiment corresponding to the twentieth aspect of the present disclosure. method.

第二十三方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種中轉裝置,該中轉裝置用於倉儲系統中上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,所述中轉裝置包括貨物提升組件以及本公開第二十二方面對應的實施例提供的流利貨架。 In a twenty-third aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a transfer device, which is used for the transfer and transportation of goods during loading or unloading in a warehousing system. The transfer device includes a cargo lifting assembly and the present invention. The flow shelf provided by the corresponding embodiment of the twenty-second aspect is disclosed.

第二十四方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括倉儲貨架和本公開第二十三方面對應的實施例提供的中轉裝置。 In a twenty-fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a storage system, which includes a storage shelf and a transfer device provided by a corresponding embodiment of the twenty-third aspect of the present disclosure.

第二十五方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,所述計算機可讀儲存媒體中儲存有計算機執行指令,當處理器執行所述計算機執行指令時,實現如本公開第二十方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a twenty-fifth aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium. Computer-executable instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the processor executes the computer-executable instructions, the implementation of the present disclosure is implemented. The cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to twenty aspects.

第二十六方面,本公開實施例還提供了一種計算機程式產品,包括計算機程式,所處計算機程式被流利貨架的處理器執行時,使得貨物運輸裝置實現本公開第二十方面對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 In a twenty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a computer program product, including a computer program. When the computer program is executed by a processor of Fluent Shelf, the cargo transport device can implement any implementation corresponding to the twentieth aspect of the present disclosure. Examples of cargo transportation methods provided.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法、裝置、流利貨架、中轉裝置及倉儲系統,針對基於流利貨架進行貨物運輸的情況,當流利貨架的傳送機構上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,通過流利貨架上設置的校正裝置對貨物進行位置校正,實現了運輸中的貨物的位 置校正,提高了貨物運輸的安全性。 The cargo transportation method, device, fluent shelf, transfer device and warehousing system provided by the embodiments of the present disclosure are aimed at the situation of cargo transportation based on the fluent shelf. When the goods on the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf are transported to the preset area, the goods are transported through the fluent shelf. The correction device installed on the shelf corrects the position of the goods and realizes the positioning of the goods during transportation. Position correction improves the safety of cargo transportation.

100:中轉裝置 100:Transfer device

1:搬運機器人 1:Handling robot

11:貨叉組件 11:Fork assembly

111:貨叉本體 111:Fork body

112:貨叉 112:Fork

113:嵌位機構 113: Clamping mechanism

1131:嵌位部 1131: Insertion part

1132:伸縮部 1132:Telescopic part

114:夾持組件 114: Clamping component

1141:夾持部 1141: Clamping part

1141a:第一夾持部 1141a: first clamping part

1141b:第二夾持部 1141b: Second clamping part

1142:伸縮件 1142:Telescopic parts

115:托架 115: Bracket

116:旋轉機構 116: Rotating mechanism

117:可伸縮貨叉 117:Telescopic fork

1171:底板 1171: Base plate

1172:叉板 1172:Fork plate

12:移動底盤 12:Mobile chassis

13:升降組件 13: Lifting components

14:支撐架 14: Support frame

141:隔板 141:Partition

1411:凹槽 1411: Groove

1412:避讓槽 1412: Avoidance slot

15:校正組件 15: Correction components

151:校正部 151:Correction Department

16:檢測件 16:Test parts

17:彈性限位件 17: Elastic limiter

2:流利貨架 2: Fluent shelves

21:支架 21: Bracket

22:傳送機構 22:Transmission mechanism

221:第一傳送部 221:First transmission department

222:第二傳送部 222: Second transmission department

23:滾動傳送件 23:Rolling transfer parts

24:限位件 24:Limiting parts

25:限位閘 25:Limit gate

26:避讓結構 26: Avoidance structure

27:校正裝置 27:Calibration device

271:夾持結構 271: Clamping structure

2711:夾持件 2711: Clamping piece

2712:緩衝件 2712:Buffer

28:推桿組件 28:Putter assembly

281:伸縮臂 281:Telescopic arm

282:活動推桿 282:movable putter

3:貨物提升組件 3: Cargo lifting component

31:本體 31:Ontology

32:輸送機構 32: Conveying mechanism

321:滾動件 321:Rolling parts

33:升降機構 33:Lifting mechanism

4:傳送線組件 4:Conveyor line components

41:基體 41:Matrix

42:傳送線 42:Transmission line

43:第一掃描件 43: First scan

5:貨物存放裝置 5: Cargo storage device

51:架體 51: Frame

52:貨板 52:Pallet

110:倉儲管理設備 110: Warehousing management equipment

120:運輸線 120:Transportation line

121:卸料機 121:Unloader

122:提升機 122:Elevator

130:儲存貨架 130:Storage shelves

S201:得到貨物的尺寸資訊 S201: Get the size information of the goods

S202:根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層 S202: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

S203:通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物 S203: Transport the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

S301:基於貨物提升組件3或傳送線組件4上設置的第一掃描件43,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊 S301: Obtain the size information of the goods based on the first scanning part 43 provided on the goods lifting component 3 or the conveyor line component 4

S302:根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層 S302: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

S303:基於所述貨物提升組件,將所述貨物搬運至傳送機構22的目標層 S303: Based on the cargo lifting assembly, transport the cargo to the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

S304:通過傳送機構22的目標層將所述貨物運輸至搬運機器人1 S304: Transport the goods to the handling robot 1 through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

S401:得到貨物的尺寸資訊 S401: Get the size information of the goods

S402:根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層 S402: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

S403:確定所述貨物的傳送方向 S403: Determine the delivery direction of the goods

S404:基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層 S404: Based on the conveying direction, adjust the conveying mechanism 22 or the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

S405:通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物 S405: Transport the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

S501:獲取貨物運輸訂單 S501: Obtain cargo transportation order

S502:根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定流利貨架2的傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,以通過傳送機構22的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸 S502: According to the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, determine the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 to transport goods with matching width through each layer of the transmission mechanism 22

S601:獲取各個第一貨物訂單 S601: Obtain each first goods order

S602:根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物 訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單 S602: According to the quantity of the first goods order and each of the first goods The quantity of goods corresponding to the order determines the transportation order for each of the goods.

S603:根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級 S603: Determine each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order.

S604:根據各個尺寸等級,確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度 S604: Determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 according to each size level

S605:根據傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,確定限位組件的限位參數,以基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度以及基於調整後的傳送機構22的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸 S605: Determine the limiting parameters of the limiting component according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22, so as to adjust the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 based on the limiting parameters and the goods whose width is matched based on the adjusted layers of the conveying mechanism 22. transportation

S701:獲取各個第一貨物訂單 S701: Get each first goods order

S702:根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單 S702: Determine each of the goods transportation orders based on the quantity of the first goods order and the quantity of goods corresponding to each first goods order.

S703:根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級 S703: Determine each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order.

S704:當所述尺寸等級的數量大於傳送機構22的層數時,根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級 S704: When the number of the size levels is greater than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22, determine at least one combined size level based on the number of goods corresponding to each size level.

S705:針對每個組合尺寸等級,根據所述組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構的所述組合尺寸等級對應的第一預設層的至少兩個運輸寬度 S705: For each combined size level, determine at least two transportation widths of the first preset layer corresponding to the combined size level of the conveying mechanism according to each size level corresponding to the combined size level.

S706:針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,確定所述尺寸等級對應的所述傳送機構的至少一個第二預設層 S706: For each size level except the combined size level, determine at least one second preset layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the size level.

S707:針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,根據所述尺寸等級,確定至少一個第二預設層的運輸寬度 S707: For each of the size classes except the combined size class, determine the transportation width of at least one second preset layer according to the size class.

S708:通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸 S708: Transportation of goods with matching width through each layer of the conveyor mechanism

S7041:根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量與預設數量的第一比值,將各個所述尺寸等級劃分為第一尺寸等級和第二尺寸等級 S7041: According to the first ratio between the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class and the preset quantity, divide each size class into a first size class and a second size class.

S7042:根據所述傳送機構22的層數和第一數量的第一差值,確定第二數量 S7042: Determine the second quantity based on the first difference between the number of layers of the transmission mechanism 22 and the first quantity.

S7043:根據所述第二數量以及所述第二尺寸等級的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級 S7043: Determine at least one combined size level based on the second quantity and the number of the second size level.

S901:基於流利貨架2沿傳送方向運輸貨物 S901: Transport goods in the conveying direction based on flow rack 2

S902:當流利貨架2的傳送機構22上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,基於校正裝置27對所述貨物進行位置校正 S902: When the goods on the conveyor mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 are transported to the preset area, the position of the goods is corrected based on the correction device 27

S1001:基於流利貨架22沿傳送方向運輸貨物 S1001: Transport goods in the conveying direction based on the flow rack 22

S1002:確定傳送機構2每層正在運輸的貨物的數量 S1002: Determine the quantity of goods being transported on each floor of the conveyor mechanism 2

S1003:針對傳送機構22的每層,若當前層處於預設區域的貨物的數量大於1,則控制當前層對應的滾動傳送件23停止轉動 S1003: For each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22, if the number of goods in the current layer in the preset area is greater than 1, control the rolling conveyor 23 corresponding to the current layer to stop rotating.

S1004:針對每個當前層的每個貨物,控制兩個夾持結構271由各自的默認位置進行相對運動,直至夾持所述貨物,以使所述貨物沿垂直於所述傳送方向上居中 S1004: For each cargo of each current layer, control the two clamping structures 271 to perform relative movement from their respective default positions until the cargo is clamped so that the cargo is centered perpendicular to the conveying direction.

S1005:當夾持所述貨物預設時間後,控制兩個所述夾持結構移動至默認位置 S1005: After clamping the goods for a preset time, control the two clamping structures to move to the default position.

1110:第一尺寸獲取模組 1110: First size acquisition module

1120:第一層級確定模組 1120: The first level determines the module

1130:第一貨物運輸模組 1130: The first cargo transportation module

1210:訂單獲取模組 1210: Order acquisition module

1220:運輸寬度確定模組 1220: Transport width determination module

1310:貨物運輸模組 1310: Cargo transportation module

1320:貨物校正模組 1320:Cargo Correction Module

1410:第二主控單元 1410: Second master control unit

1510:第三主控單元 1510: The third main control unit

1610:第一主控單元 1610: First master control unit

1710:處理器 1710: Processor

圖1為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第一種結構示意圖。 Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of a relay device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖2為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第二種結構示意圖。 FIG. 2 is a second structural schematic diagram of the relay device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖3為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第三種結構示意圖。 FIG. 3 is a third structural schematic diagram of the relay device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖4為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第四種結構示意圖。 FIG. 4 is a fourth structural schematic diagram of the relay device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖5為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第五種結構示意圖。 FIG. 5 is a fifth structural schematic diagram of a relay device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖6為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第六種結構示意圖。 FIG. 6 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of the relay device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖7為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置中的流利貨架的側視示意圖。 FIG. 7 is a schematic side view of the flow shelf in the transfer device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖8為本公開實施例一提供的流利貨架的一種結構示意圖。 FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a flow shelf provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖9為本公開實施例一提供的流利貨架的另一種結構示意圖。 Figure 9 is another structural schematic diagram of the flow shelf provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

圖10為本公開實施例二提供的中轉裝置的結構示意圖。 Figure 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure.

圖11為本公開實施例二提供的中轉裝置中的流利貨架的結構示意圖。 Figure 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a flow shelf in a transfer device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure.

圖12為本公開實施例三提供的中轉裝置中的搬運機器人的第一種結構示意圖。 FIG. 12 is a first structural schematic diagram of the transport robot in the transfer device provided by Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖13為本公開實施例三提供的中轉裝置中的搬運機器人的第二種結構的局部示意圖。 FIG. 13 is a partial schematic diagram of the second structure of the transport robot in the transfer device provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖14為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人中的貨叉組件的第一種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the first state of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖15為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人中的貨叉組件的第二種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the second state of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖16為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人的第一種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the first state of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖17為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人的第二種狀態示意圖。 Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of the second state of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

圖18為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人中貨叉組件的第一種結構的一種狀態示意圖。 Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a state of the first structure of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure.

圖19為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人中貨叉組件的第一種結構的另一種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of another state of the first structure of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure.

圖20為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人的第三種結構示意圖。 Figure 20 is a third structural schematic diagram of a handling robot provided in Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure.

圖21為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第一種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the first state of the top view structure of the fork assembly in FIG. 20 .

圖22為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第二種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of the second state of the top view structure of the fork assembly in FIG. 20 .

圖23為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第三種狀態示意圖。 FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of the third state of the top view structure of the fork assembly in FIG. 20 .

圖24為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第四種狀態示意圖。 Fig. 24 is a schematic diagram of the fourth state of the top view structure of the fork assembly in Fig. 20.

圖25為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人的第四種結構的俯視示意圖。 FIG. 25 is a schematic top view of the fourth structure of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

圖26為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的一種結構示意圖。 Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a partition board in a handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

圖27為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的另一種結構示意圖。 Figure 27 is another structural schematic diagram of a partition board in a handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

圖28為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的又一種結構示意圖。 Figure 28 is another structural schematic diagram of a partition board in a handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

圖29為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人的第五種結構的俯視示意圖。 Figure 29 is a schematic top view of the fifth structure of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

圖30為本公開實施例提供的貨箱運輸方法的一種應用場景圖。 Figure 30 is an application scenario diagram of the container transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖31為本公開一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 31 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖32為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 32 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖33為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 33 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖34為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 34 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖35為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程 圖。 Figure 35 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. Figure.

圖36為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 36 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖37為本公開圖36所示實施例中步驟S704的流程圖。 Figure 37 is a flow chart of step S704 in the embodiment shown in Figure 36 of the present disclosure.

圖38為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 38 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖39為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖。 Figure 39 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖40為本公開一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置的結構示意圖。 Figure 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a cargo transport device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖41為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置的結構示意圖。 Figure 41 is a schematic structural diagram of a cargo transport device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖42為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置的結構示意圖。 Figure 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a cargo transport device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖43為本公開另一個實施例提供的流利貨架的結構示意圖。 Figure 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a flow shelf provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖44為本公開另一個實施例提供的流利貨架的結構示意圖。 Figure 44 is a schematic structural diagram of a flow shelf provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖45為本公開一個實施例提供的中轉裝置的結構示意圖。 Figure 45 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.

圖46為本公開一個實施例提供的倉儲系統的結構示意圖。 Figure 46 is a schematic structural diagram of a warehousing system provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure.

為了更清楚地說明本公開實施例或現有技術中的技術方案,下面將對實施例或現有技術描述中所需要使用的附圖作一簡單的介紹,顯而易見地,下面描述中的附圖是本公開的一些實施例,對於本領域普通技術人員來講,在不付出創造性勞動的前提下,還可以根據這些附圖獲得其他的附圖。 In order to more clearly explain the embodiments of the present disclosure or the technical solutions in the prior art, a brief introduction will be made below to the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments or the prior art. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are the For some disclosed embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art can also obtain other drawings based on these drawings without exerting creative efforts.

為了使本公開實施例的上述目的、特徵和優點能夠更加明顯易懂,下面將結合本公開實施例中的附圖,對本公開實施例中的技術方案進行清楚、完整地描述。顯然,所描述的實施例僅僅是本公開的一部分實施例,而不是全部的實施例。基於本公開中的實施例,本領域普通技術人員在沒有作出創造性勞動的前提下所獲得的所有其它實施例,均屬於本公開保護的範圍。 In order to make the above objects, features and advantages of the embodiments of the present disclosure more obvious and understandable, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present disclosure will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present disclosure. Obviously, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of the present disclosure, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this disclosure, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without any creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this disclosure.

下面結合附圖和具體實施例對本公開進行詳細說明。 The present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments.

實施例一 Embodiment 1

圖1為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第一種結構示意圖;圖2為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第二種結構示意圖;圖3為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第三種結構示意圖;圖4為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第四種結構示意圖;圖5為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第五種結構示意圖;圖6為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置的第六種結構示意圖;圖7為本公開實施例一提供的中轉裝置中的流利貨架的側視示意圖。 Figure 1 is a first structural schematic diagram of a relay device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; Figure 2 is a second structural schematic diagram of a relay device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; Figure 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a relay device provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure. The third structural schematic diagram of the transfer device; Figure 4 is the fourth structural schematic diagram of the transfer device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; Figure 5 is the fifth structural schematic diagram of the transfer device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; FIG. 6 is a sixth structural schematic diagram of the transfer device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; FIG. 7 is a schematic side view of the flow shelf in the transfer device provided by Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

參見圖1至圖7,本公開實施例提供的中轉裝置100,用於對搬運機器人1上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,其中,中轉 裝置100包括流利貨架2以及貨物提升組件3;流利貨架2包括支架21和設置在支架21上的傳送機構22,傳送機構22的一端與搬運機器人1的貨物出入口對接,傳送機構22的另一端與貨物提升組件3的貨物出入口對接,通過傳送機構22的牽引力,將貨物提升組件3上的貨物傳送至搬運機器人1,完成向搬運機器人1上料;或者將搬運機器人1上的貨物傳送至貨物提升組件3上,以完成搬運機器人1的卸料,無需人工上料或卸料,自動化程度高,作業效率高。在一些實施例中,貨物通過中轉裝置100的中轉運輸,貨物得以從工作臺/分揀站中轉至機器人,也得以將機器人搬運來的貨物中轉至工作臺/分揀站,完成機器人與工作臺/分揀站之間的貨物出庫/入庫作業。 Referring to Figures 1 to 7, the transfer device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is used for the transfer and transportation of goods when loading or unloading the handling robot 1, wherein the transfer The device 100 includes a fluent shelf 2 and a cargo lifting assembly 3; the fluent shelf 2 includes a bracket 21 and a transmission mechanism 22 arranged on the bracket 21. One end of the transmission mechanism 22 is connected to the cargo entrance and exit of the handling robot 1, and the other end of the transmission mechanism 22 is connected to the cargo entrance and exit of the transport robot 1. The cargo inlet and outlet of the cargo lifting assembly 3 are docked, and through the traction of the transmission mechanism 22, the goods on the cargo lifting assembly 3 are transferred to the handling robot 1 to complete the loading of the handling robot 1; or the goods on the handling robot 1 are transferred to the cargo lifting Component 3 is used to complete the unloading of the handling robot 1, without manual loading or unloading, with a high degree of automation and high operating efficiency. In some embodiments, the goods are transferred through the transfer device 100, and the goods can be transferred from the workbench/sorting station to the robot, and the goods carried by the robot can also be transferred to the workbench/sorting station, completing the process. Goods outbound/inbound operations between the robot and the workbench/sorting station.

在一種可選的實施例中,傳送機構22可以設置為多層,其中,多層的傳送機構22的傳送方向可以相同,這樣,多層傳送機構22均可以同時用於傳送貨物,從而提高搬運機器人1上料或卸料的效率;亦得以提升貨物出庫/入庫作業的效率;在另一種可選的實施例中,也可以是至少一層的傳送機構22的傳送方向與其他的傳送機構22的傳送方向相反,這樣,可以實現同時上料和卸料,亦得以將貨物出庫/入庫路徑整合,進而提升作業效率,同時簡化出庫/入庫路徑的設計與配置。 In an optional embodiment, the transfer mechanism 22 can be arranged in multiple layers, wherein the transfer directions of the multi-layer transfer mechanisms 22 can be the same. In this way, the multi-layer transfer mechanisms 22 can all be used to transfer goods at the same time, thereby improving the efficiency of the handling robot 1. The efficiency of material or unloading can also be improved; the efficiency of goods loading/unloading operations can also be improved; in another optional embodiment, the conveying direction of the conveying mechanism 22 of at least one layer can be opposite to the conveying direction of other conveying mechanisms 22 , in this way, simultaneous loading and unloading can be achieved, and the outbound/inbound paths of goods can be integrated, thereby improving operating efficiency and simplifying the design and configuration of outbound/inbound paths.

在一種可能的實施例中,傳送機構22上設置有滾動傳送件23,滾動傳送件23具有能夠與貨物滾動接觸的外輪廓面,滾動傳送件23用於繞自身的轉動軸線沿朝向貨物的傳送方向轉動,以 將貨物沿傳送方向傳送。其中,滾動傳送件23可以是轉動輥等結構。 In a possible embodiment, the transmission mechanism 22 is provided with a rolling transmission member 23. The rolling transmission member 23 has an outer contour surface capable of rolling contact with the goods. The rolling transmission member 23 is used to transport the goods around its own rotation axis. direction of rotation to Convey the goods in the conveying direction. The rolling transmission member 23 may be a rotating roller or other structures.

其中,每層傳送機構22中的滾動傳送件23為多個,多個滾動傳送件23沿貨物的傳送方向並列設置,且多個滾動傳送件23的轉動軸線相互平行,滾動傳送件23繞自身的軸線沿傳送方向轉動時產生的牽引力可帶動貨物沿傳送方向移動,從而實現貨物的傳送。 Among them, there are a plurality of rolling conveying members 23 in each layer of conveying mechanism 22. The plurality of rolling conveying members 23 are arranged side by side along the conveying direction of the goods, and the rotation axes of the plurality of rolling conveying members 23 are parallel to each other. The rolling conveying members 23 rotate around themselves. When the axis of the conveyor rotates along the conveying direction, the traction force generated can drive the goods to move along the conveying direction, thereby realizing the conveying of the goods.

在上述實施例的基礎上,傳送機構22包括第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222,第一傳送部221的第一端與搬運機器人1對接,第一傳送部221的第二端與第二傳送部222的第一端連接,第二傳送部222的第二端與貨物提升組件3對接。其中,第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222中均包括多個並列設置的滾動傳送件23。 On the basis of the above embodiment, the conveying mechanism 22 includes a first conveying part 221 and a second conveying part 222. The first end of the first conveying part 221 is docked with the transport robot 1, and the second end of the first conveying part 221 is coupled with the second conveying part 222. The first ends of the two transmission parts 222 are connected, and the second end of the second transmission part 222 is docked with the cargo lifting assembly 3 . The first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222 each include a plurality of rolling conveying members 23 arranged in parallel.

可選地,第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222可以呈水平狀設置,傳送機構22上還設有第一驅動機構,第一驅動機構與第一傳送部221以及第二傳送部222上的滾動傳送件23連接,第一驅動機構會驅動滾動傳送件23繞自身的轉動軸線沿朝向貨物的傳送方向轉動,以將滾動傳送件23上的貨物沿傳送方向進行傳送。 Optionally, the first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222 may be arranged horizontally. The conveying mechanism 22 is also provided with a first driving mechanism. The first driving mechanism is connected to the first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222. The rolling conveying member 23 is connected, and the first driving mechanism drives the rolling conveying member 23 to rotate around its own rotation axis in the conveying direction of the goods, so as to convey the goods on the rolling conveying member 23 in the conveying direction.

在一種可能的實施例中,流利貨架2還包括控制開關,控制開關與第一驅動機構電連接,控制開關用於控制第一驅動機構的轉動方向,從而控制滾動傳送件23的轉動方向來改變貨物的傳送方向,這樣,流利貨架2中每一層的傳送機構22不僅可以進 行上料,也可以用於卸料,使流利貨架2的功能多樣化,且能夠簡化中轉裝置100的整體結構,使中轉裝置100的整機體積較小,佔用空間小。 In a possible embodiment, the fluent shelf 2 also includes a control switch, which is electrically connected to the first driving mechanism. The control switch is used to control the rotation direction of the first driving mechanism, thereby controlling the rotation direction of the rolling conveyor 23 to change The conveying direction of the goods, in this way, the conveying mechanism 22 of each layer in the fluent shelf 2 can not only It can also be used for row loading and unloading, which diversifies the functions of the fluent shelf 2 and can simplify the overall structure of the transfer device 100, making the transfer device 100 smaller in size and occupying less space.

在另一種可選的實施例中,第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222之間也可以形成傾斜夾角,例如,第一傳送部221的第一端對應貨物搬運機器人1的貨物出入口的高度高於第二傳送部222的第二端對接提升組件的貨物出入口的高度;或者,第一傳送部221的第一端對應貨物搬運機器人1的貨物出入口的高度低於第二傳送部222的第二端對接提升組件的貨物出入口的高度,這樣,第一傳送部221和/或第二傳送部222上的貨物會產生沿貨物的傳送方向的分力,貨物靠這個分力由高到低沿傳送方向進行自動滑動,可以不用借助外界的驅動力(例如第一驅動機構提供的驅動力)便可實現貨物的傳送,中轉裝置100的結構得到簡化,且節省電能,從而降低了成本。 In another optional embodiment, an inclined angle may also be formed between the first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222. For example, the first end of the first conveying part 221 corresponds to the height of the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo handling robot 1. The height of the second end of the second transfer part 222 is higher than the cargo entrance and exit of the lifting assembly; or, the height of the first end of the first transfer part 221 corresponding to the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo handling robot 1 is lower than the height of the second transfer part 222 . The height of the goods entrance and exit of the two ends of the lifting assembly is butted. In this way, the goods on the first conveying part 221 and/or the second conveying part 222 will generate a component force along the conveying direction of the goods, and the goods rely on this component force to move from high to low. By automatically sliding in the transmission direction, goods can be transported without relying on external driving force (such as the driving force provided by the first driving mechanism). The structure of the transfer device 100 is simplified, and electric energy is saved, thereby reducing costs.

其中,流利貨架2還包括調整機構,調整機構分別與第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222連接,調整機構可以用於調整第一傳送部221或者第二傳送部222的傾斜角度,以使第一傳送部221和/或第二傳送部222上的貨物能夠產生沿貨物的傳送方向的分力,從而使貨物可以靠這個分力由高到低沿傳送方向進行自動滑動。 Among them, the fluent shelf 2 also includes an adjustment mechanism, which is connected to the first transmission part 221 and the second transmission part 222 respectively. The adjustment mechanism can be used to adjust the inclination angle of the first transmission part 221 or the second transmission part 222, so that the The goods on the first conveying part 221 and/or the second conveying part 222 can generate a component force along the conveying direction of the goods, so that the goods can automatically slide along the conveying direction from high to low by relying on this component force.

例如,可以通過調整機構將第二傳送部222對接貨物提升組件3的貨物出入口的高度調整為大於第二傳送部222對接第 一傳送部221的高度,以使第二傳送部222形成傾斜坡面,而第一傳送部221呈水平設置,這樣,當貨物提升組件3上的貨物沿第二傳送部222的傾斜坡面滑移到第一傳送部221上,由於貨物沿傾斜坡面向下滑移時會有一個較大的慣性力,而於第一傳送部221處於水平狀態,因此,在第一傳送部221與貨物之間的摩擦力的影響下,慣性力逐漸減小,從而使貨物在第一傳送部221上的滑移速度逐漸減小直到停止,此時,第一傳送部221相當於一個暫存貨架,貨物暫存在第一傳送部221上,搬運機器人1不需要一直和第一傳送部221進行對接,機器人只需要在需要的時候將第一傳送部221上的貨物搬離即可,這樣,可以避免一直佔用搬運機器人1,避免資源浪費,降低成本,提高工作效率。 For example, the adjustment mechanism can be used to adjust the height of the cargo entrance and exit of the second transfer part 222 to the cargo lifting assembly 3 to be greater than the height of the second transfer part 222 to the second transfer part 22 of the cargo lifting assembly 3 . The height of the conveying part 221 is such that the second conveying part 222 forms an inclined slope, and the first conveying part 221 is arranged horizontally. In this way, when the goods on the cargo lifting assembly 3 slide along the inclined slope of the second conveying part 222 Moving to the first conveying part 221, since the goods will have a large inertia force when sliding down the inclined slope, and the first conveying part 221 is in a horizontal state, therefore, there is a gap between the first conveying part 221 and the goods. Under the influence of the friction between the two parts, the inertial force gradually decreases, so that the sliding speed of the goods on the first conveying part 221 gradually decreases until it stops. At this time, the first conveying part 221 is equivalent to a temporary storage rack, and the goods Temporarily stored on the first conveying part 221, the transport robot 1 does not need to dock with the first conveying part 221 all the time. The robot only needs to move the goods on the first conveying part 221 when needed. In this way, it can avoid having to dock with the first conveying part 221. Occupy the handling robot 1 to avoid resource waste, reduce costs and improve work efficiency.

若將搬運機器人1上的貨物傳送至貨物提升組件3時,可以通過調整機構將第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222均調整為傾斜坡面,而且第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222形成一個傾斜面的斜坡,其中,第一傳送部221與搬運機器人1的貨物對介面的高度高於第二傳送部222與貨物提升組件3的貨物對介面的高度,貨物沿傾斜坡面從第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222滑移至第二傳送部222與貨物提升組件3的對接處,等待貨物提升組件3與第二傳送部222對接後,將第二傳送部222上的貨物通過貨物提升組件3傳送出去。 When the goods on the transport robot 1 are transferred to the goods lifting assembly 3, both the first transfer part 221 and the second transfer part 222 can be adjusted to an inclined slope through the adjustment mechanism, and the first transfer part 221 and the second transfer part 222 forms an inclined slope, in which the height of the cargo-facing interface between the first conveying part 221 and the handling robot 1 is higher than the height of the cargo-facing interface between the second conveying part 222 and the cargo lifting assembly 3, and the cargo moves from there along the inclined slope. The first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222 slide to the docking point between the second conveying part 222 and the cargo lifting assembly 3. After waiting for the cargo lifting assembly 3 to dock with the second conveying part 222, lift the second conveying part 222. The goods are transported out through the goods lifting assembly 3.

其中,調整機構可以為手動的調整機構,也可以是電控的調整機構。 The adjustment mechanism may be a manual adjustment mechanism or an electronically controlled adjustment mechanism.

當調整機構為電控的調整機構時,流利貨架2還包括控制器,控制器與調整機構電連接,控制器用於控制調整機構,以使調整機構調整第一傳送部221和/或第二傳送部222的傾斜角度,操作方便,自動化程度高。 When the adjustment mechanism is an electronically controlled adjustment mechanism, the fluent shelf 2 further includes a controller, which is electrically connected to the adjustment mechanism. The controller is used to control the adjustment mechanism so that the adjustment mechanism adjusts the first conveying part 221 and/or the second conveying part. The inclination angle of the part 222 is easy to operate and has a high degree of automation.

為了避免貨物在沿傾斜坡面滑移時從傳送機構22上滑移出去,因此,在本實施例中,在傳送機構22的貨物出入口處設置有限位閘25,當傳送機構22的貨物出入口沒有對接搬運機器人1和/或貨物提升組件3時,限位閘25可以擋設在貨物的傳送路徑上,以避免貨物沿傾斜坡面滑移出去,當貨物提升組件3與傳送機構22對接時,限位閘25再打開讓貨物滑出至貨物提升組件3上,從而提高了傳送機構22傳送貨物的可靠性。 In order to prevent the goods from sliding out of the conveyor mechanism 22 when sliding along the inclined slope, in this embodiment, a limit gate 25 is provided at the cargo entrance and exit of the conveyor mechanism 22. When the goods entrance and exit of the conveyor mechanism 22 are not When docking the handling robot 1 and/or the cargo lifting assembly 3, the limit gate 25 can be blocked on the conveying path of the cargo to prevent the cargo from sliding out along the inclined slope. When the cargo lifting assembly 3 is docked with the conveying mechanism 22, The limit gate 25 is opened again to allow the goods to slide out onto the goods lifting assembly 3, thereby improving the reliability of the transport mechanism 22 in transporting goods.

在一種可選的實施例中,限位閘25包括限位桿,限位桿的第一端可轉動的連接於傳送機構22上,限位桿的第二端為自由端,限位桿可相對傳送機構22轉動,以使限位桿可呈展開或折疊狀態,當限位桿轉動至水平位置時,限位桿呈展開狀態並擋設在貨物的傳送路徑上,以避免貨物沿傾斜坡面滑移出去,從而提高了傳送機構22傳送貨物的可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, the limit gate 25 includes a limit rod. The first end of the limit rod is rotatably connected to the transmission mechanism 22. The second end of the limit rod is a free end. The limit rod can Rotate relative to the transmission mechanism 22 so that the limit rod can be in an unfolded or folded state. When the limit rod rotates to a horizontal position, the limit rod is in an unfolded state and blocks the conveying path of the goods to prevent the goods from moving along the inclined slope. The surface slides out, thereby improving the reliability of the conveying mechanism 22 in conveying goods.

在一種可選的實施例中,限位閘25包括具上下伸縮能力的止擋板,在伸出時擋設於貨物傳送路徑上,縮回時開放貨物傳送路徑。 In an optional embodiment, the limit gate 25 includes a stop plate with the ability to telescope up and down, blocking the cargo conveying path when extended, and opening the cargo conveying path when retracted.

可選地,傳送機構22上還設有電控件,電控件與限位閘25連接,電控件用於控制限位閘25對傳送路徑的止擋或開放,通 過設置電控件,可實現限位閘25的自動止擋和或開放,自動化程度高。其中,電控件可以為自感應開關等。 Optionally, the transmission mechanism 22 is also provided with an electric control. The electric control is connected to the limit gate 25. The electric control is used to control the limit gate 25 to block or open the transmission path. By setting the electric control, the automatic stop and/or opening of the limit gate 25 can be realized, and the degree of automation is high. Among them, the electrical control can be a self-sensing switch, etc.

當然,第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222之間具有傾斜夾角時,第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222也可以借助外界的驅動力來驅動第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222中的滾動傳送件23沿傳送方向轉動,只要能夠順利的驅動貨物沿傳送方向進行傳送即可,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 Of course, when there is an inclined angle between the first transmission part 221 and the second transmission part 222, the first transmission part 221 and the second transmission part 222 can also use external driving force to drive the first transmission part 221 and the second transmission part. The rolling conveyor 23 in 222 rotates along the conveying direction, as long as it can smoothly drive the goods to be conveyed along the conveying direction, and this embodiment does not impose specific restrictions on this.

為了避免傳送機構22在傳輸貨物時貨物發生偏斜,在本實施例中,傳送機構22上設有至少一組限位組件,每一組限位組件包括兩個限位件24,兩個限位件24分別位於傳送機構22的兩側,以使兩個限位件24沿貨物的傳送方向形成貨物的傳送通道,且傳送通道的寬度與貨物的寬度相匹配。這樣,每一層的傳送機構22中的傳送通道的寬度可以不同,從而實現每層傳送機構22可以傳送尺寸不同的貨物,當不同尺寸的貨物沿對應的傳送通道移動時,位於貨物兩側的限位件24可以對傳送中的貨物進行限位,避免貨物在傳輸過程中位置發生偏移或從側面掉落。 In order to prevent the conveying mechanism 22 from deflecting the goods when conveying the goods, in this embodiment, the conveying mechanism 22 is provided with at least one set of limiting components. Each set of limiting components includes two limiting members 24, and two limiting components. The positioning members 24 are respectively located on both sides of the conveying mechanism 22, so that the two limiting members 24 form a conveying channel for the goods along the conveying direction of the goods, and the width of the conveying channel matches the width of the goods. In this way, the width of the transmission channel in each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 can be different, so that each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 can transport goods of different sizes. When goods of different sizes move along the corresponding transmission channel, the limits on both sides of the goods can The positioning member 24 can limit the position of the goods being transported to prevent the goods from shifting or falling from the side during the transportation process.

另外,同一組限位組件中,兩個限位件24之間的間距可以是可調的,這樣,限位組件中的限位件24可以根據要傳送的貨物的尺寸來調節傳送通道的寬度,以使傳送通道的寬度與傳送貨物的寬度相匹配,在保證貨物通過性的同時,可以避免貨物在傳送過程中發生偏移。 In addition, in the same set of limit components, the distance between the two limit members 24 can be adjustable, so that the limit members 24 in the limit assembly can adjust the width of the transmission channel according to the size of the goods to be conveyed. , so that the width of the conveying channel matches the width of the conveyed goods, while ensuring the passability of the goods, it can avoid the shifting of the goods during the conveying process.

其中,兩個限位件24之間的間距可調可以是機械式調整 或者電驅式調整。 Wherein, the adjustable spacing between the two limiting members 24 may be mechanically adjusted. Or electric drive adjustment.

例如,在一種可能的實施例中,每一組限位組件還包括兩個伸縮機構,兩個伸縮機構分別與兩個限位件24連接,其中,一個伸縮機構對應一個限位件24,伸縮機構帶動限位件24沿垂直於貨物的傳送方向伸縮,以使兩個限位件24朝向互相靠近或者相互背離的方向移動,從而實現兩個限位件24之間的間距可調,結構簡單,操作方便,成本低。 For example, in a possible embodiment, each set of limiting components also includes two telescopic mechanisms, and the two telescopic mechanisms are respectively connected to two limiting members 24, wherein one telescopic mechanism corresponds to one limiting member 24, and the two telescopic mechanisms correspond to one limiting member 24. The mechanism drives the limiter 24 to expand and contract along the direction perpendicular to the conveying direction of the goods, so that the two limiters 24 move in a direction close to or away from each other, thereby achieving an adjustable spacing between the two limiters 24 and a simple structure. , easy to operate and low cost.

其中,兩個伸縮機構可以為彈性伸縮機構,例如,彈性伸縮機構可以包括支撐板、導向件和彈簧,支撐板上設有通孔,導向件穿設在通孔中,彈簧套設在導向件上且位於支撐板和限位件24之間,彈簧的一端與限位件24連接,以使彈簧的伸縮帶動限位件24移動,通過彈簧的彈性力驅動限位件24移動,從而調整兩個限位件24之間的間距。 Wherein, the two telescopic mechanisms can be elastic telescopic mechanisms. For example, the elastic telescopic mechanism can include a support plate, a guide piece and a spring. The support plate is provided with a through hole, the guide piece is passed through the through hole, and the spring is set in the guide piece. and is located between the support plate and the limiter 24. One end of the spring is connected to the limiter 24, so that the expansion and contraction of the spring drives the limiter 24 to move. The elastic force of the spring drives the limiter 24 to move, thereby adjusting the two sides. The distance between the two limiting parts 24.

在另一種可能的實施例中,限位組件還包括第二驅動機構,第二驅動機構分別與各伸縮機構連接,第二驅動機構用於驅動伸縮機構伸縮。 In another possible embodiment, the limiting assembly further includes a second driving mechanism, the second driving mechanism is connected to each telescopic mechanism respectively, and the second driving mechanism is used to drive the telescopic mechanism to telescope.

其中,第二驅動機構可以包括電機,伸縮機構可以包括推桿,電機與推桿連接,推桿與限位件24連接,從而使電機驅動推桿帶動限位件24移動,以實現限位件24的位置可調的目的。 The second driving mechanism may include a motor, and the telescopic mechanism may include a push rod. The motor is connected to the push rod, and the push rod is connected to the limiting member 24, so that the motor drives the push rod to drive the limiting member 24 to move, so as to realize the limiting member. 24 positions adjustable for purpose.

此外,限位組件為至少兩組,至少兩組限位組件在傳送機構22上沿貨物的傳送方向間隔排佈,且各限位組件與傳送機構22可拆卸連接,這樣,當其中一組限位組件出現故障需要更換時,只 需要將限位組件進行拆卸更換即可,從而降低了流利貨架2的維修成本。 In addition, there are at least two sets of limiting components. At least two sets of limiting components are arranged at intervals along the conveying direction of the goods on the conveying mechanism 22, and each limiting component is detachably connected to the conveying mechanism 22. In this way, when one of the limiting components is When a bit component fails and needs to be replaced, only The limiting component only needs to be disassembled and replaced, thereby reducing the maintenance cost of the Liuli Shelf 2.

需要說明是的是,限位件24可以是限位塊或者限位板等結構,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 It should be noted that the limiting member 24 may be a limiting block or a limiting plate or other structures, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.

在本公開中,中轉裝置100還包括傳送線組件4,傳送線組件4與貨物提升組件3的另一端對接,以使貨物提升組件3位於傳送線組件4和流利貨架2之間,傳送線組件4用於傳送貨物提升組件3上的貨物;或者,將貨物傳送至貨物提升組件3上。 In the present disclosure, the transfer device 100 further includes a transmission line assembly 4, which is docked with the other end of the cargo lifting assembly 3, so that the cargo lifting assembly 3 is located between the transmission line assembly 4 and the flow shelf 2. The component 4 is used to transfer goods on the cargo lifting component 3; or, transport the goods to the cargo lifting component 3.

下面對傳送線組件4和貨物提升組件3的結構進行介紹:傳送線組件4包括基體41和設置於基體41上的傳送線42,傳送線42用於沿貨物的傳送方向傳送貨物。 The structure of the conveyor line assembly 4 and the cargo lifting assembly 3 is introduced below: the conveyor line assembly 4 includes a base body 41 and a conveyor line 42 provided on the base body 41. The conveyor line 42 is used to convey goods along the conveying direction of the goods.

其中,傳送線42可以為一層,也可以為至少兩層,當傳送線42為至少兩層時,各層傳送線42的傳送方向可以相同;或者,各層傳送線42中的至少一層的傳送線42的傳送方向與其它傳送線42的傳送方向相反。 The transmission line 42 may be one layer, or may be at least two layers. When the transmission line 42 is at least two layers, the transmission directions of the transmission lines 42 of each layer may be the same; or, the transmission lines 42 of at least one layer of the transmission lines 42 of each layer may be The conveying direction of is opposite to the conveying direction of other conveying lines 42 .

當至少一層的傳送線42的傳送方向與其他傳送線42的傳送方向相反時,可以同時實現將貨物傳送至貨物提升組件3上以及將貨物提升組件3上的貨物傳送至傳送線42外,這樣,可以提高貨物的傳送效率。 When the conveying direction of at least one layer of conveying lines 42 is opposite to the conveying direction of other conveying lines 42 , the goods can be conveyed to the cargo lifting assembly 3 and the goods on the cargo lifting assembly 3 can be conveyed to the outside of the conveying line 42 at the same time, so that , which can improve the efficiency of cargo transmission.

其中,傳送線42可以為傳送帶或者其他傳送結構,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 The transmission line 42 may be a conveyor belt or other transmission structure, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.

在一種可能的實施例中,貨物提升組件3包括本體31和 設置於本體31上的輸送機構32以及升降機構33,輸送機構32用於傳送貨物,升降機構33與輸送機構32連接,升降機構33與輸送機構32連接,升降機構33用於驅動輸送機構32沿本體31的豎直方向升降移動,這樣,輸送機構32可選擇性的選擇與輸送機構32上輸送貨物的尺寸相匹配的傳送機構22的層級對接,以便貨物順利傳送的同時不向兩側發生偏斜。 In a possible embodiment, the cargo lifting assembly 3 includes a body 31 and A conveying mechanism 32 and a lifting mechanism 33 are provided on the body 31. The conveying mechanism 32 is used to convey goods. The lifting mechanism 33 is connected to the conveying mechanism 32. The lifting mechanism 33 is connected to the conveying mechanism 32. The lifting mechanism 33 is used to drive the conveying mechanism 32 along the The main body 31 moves up and down in the vertical direction. In this way, the conveying mechanism 32 can selectively select and dock with the level of the conveying mechanism 22 that matches the size of the conveyed goods on the conveying mechanism 32, so that the goods can be conveyed smoothly without deflection to both sides. incline.

其中,升降機構33可以包括主動輪、從動輪以及環形套設在主動輪和從動輪上的皮帶,升降機構33還包括可以電機,電機與主動輪連接,輸送機構32與皮帶固定連接,當電機驅動主動輪轉動時,主動輪驅動皮帶帶動輸送機構32升降;或者,升降機構33也可以是鏈輪結構等,只要能夠帶動輸送機構32升降即可,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 The lifting mechanism 33 may include a driving wheel, a driven wheel and an annular belt sleeved on the driving wheel and the driven wheel. The lifting mechanism 33 may also include a motor. The motor is connected to the driving wheel. The conveying mechanism 32 is fixedly connected to the belt. When the motor When the driving wheel is driven to rotate, the driving wheel drives the belt to drive the conveying mechanism 32 to rise and fall; alternatively, the lifting mechanism 33 can also be a sprocket structure, etc., as long as it can drive the conveying mechanism 32 to rise and fall. This embodiment does not impose specific restrictions on this.

在一種可選的實施例中,輸送機構32上設有滾動件321,貨物提升組件3還包括第三驅動機構,第三驅動機構與滾動件321連接,以使第三驅動機構驅動滾動件321繞自身的轉動軸線沿朝向貨物的傳送方向轉動。其中,第三驅動機構可以為電機。 In an optional embodiment, the conveying mechanism 32 is provided with a rolling element 321 , and the cargo lifting assembly 3 also includes a third driving mechanism. The third driving mechanism is connected to the rolling element 321 , so that the third driving mechanism drives the rolling element 321 Rotates around its own axis of rotation in the direction of transport of the goods. Wherein, the third driving mechanism can be a motor.

另外,滾動件321可以為滾筒,其中,滾筒可以為多個,且多個滾筒並列設置且各滾筒的中心軸線相互平行,第三驅動機構驅動各滾筒繞自身的軸線朝向貨物的傳送方向轉動;或者,滾動件321也可以為傳動帶,傳送帶帶動貨物沿傳送方向移動。 In addition, the rolling element 321 can be a roller, where there can be multiple rollers, and the multiple rollers are arranged in parallel and the central axes of each roller are parallel to each other, and the third driving mechanism drives each roller to rotate around its own axis toward the transport direction of the goods; Alternatively, the rolling element 321 can also be a transmission belt, and the conveyor belt drives the goods to move along the conveying direction.

在上述實施例的基礎上,傳送線組件4或者貨物提升組件3上設有第一掃描件43,例如,第一掃描件43可以為攝像頭等 結構,第一掃描件43用於獲取輸送機構32上傳送的貨物的尺寸資訊,該貨物的尺寸資訊可以包括貨物的寬度以及高度等資訊,輸送機構32根據貨物的尺寸資訊可選擇性的與其相匹配的傳送機構22的層級進行對接,該傳送機構22的層級的寬度以及高度等尺寸資訊應與該貨物的寬度、高度等資訊相匹配,從而避免因輸送機構32上的貨物尺寸與傳送機構22中傳送通道尺寸不匹配而導致貨物無法傳送的情況發生,從而提高貨物的傳送可靠性。 Based on the above embodiments, the conveyor line assembly 4 or the cargo lifting assembly 3 is provided with a first scanning component 43. For example, the first scanning component 43 can be a camera or the like. structure, the first scanning part 43 is used to obtain the size information of the goods transported on the conveying mechanism 32. The size information of the goods may include information such as the width and height of the goods. The conveying mechanism 32 can selectively match the goods according to the size information of the goods. The matching levels of the conveying mechanism 22 are connected. The width and height of the level of the conveying mechanism 22 should match the width, height and other information of the goods, so as to avoid the problem that the size of the goods on the conveying mechanism 32 is inconsistent with the conveying mechanism 22 The mismatch in the size of the conveyor channel may cause the goods to be unable to be conveyed, thereby improving the reliability of the delivery of goods.

此外,為了提高搬運機器人1與傳送機構22之間的對接可靠性,可以在搬運機器人1上設有第二掃描件,第二掃描件用於獲取搬運機器人1上的貨物的尺寸資訊,根據貨物的尺寸資訊,搬運機器人1的貨物出入口可選擇性的與對應的傳送機構22的層級進行對接,例如,當需要對搬運機器人1進行卸料時,首先通過第二掃描件來確定搬運機器人1上貨物的尺寸資訊,然後根據貨物的尺寸資訊選擇性的與該貨物的尺寸相匹配的傳送機構22的層級進行對接。 In addition, in order to improve the docking reliability between the transport robot 1 and the transfer mechanism 22, a second scanning part can be provided on the transport robot 1. The second scanning part is used to obtain the size information of the goods on the transport robot 1. According to the goods With the size information, the cargo entrance and exit of the handling robot 1 can be selectively connected to the corresponding level of the conveying mechanism 22. For example, when the handling robot 1 needs to be unloaded, first determine the size of the handling robot 1 through the second scan. The size information of the goods is then selectively connected to the level of the conveying mechanism 22 that matches the size of the goods according to the size information of the goods.

其中,搬運機器人1包括貨叉組件11,貨叉組件11具有用於取放貨物的貨叉112,例如,貨叉組件11可以為插舉貨叉組件11,其中,貨叉112可以為叉齒,叉齒可以為單叉齒或者雙叉齒,當叉齒拿取貨物時,叉齒插入貨物的底部並將貨物舉起後並帶動貨物移動。 Wherein, the handling robot 1 includes a fork assembly 11, and the fork assembly 11 has a fork 112 for picking up and placing goods. For example, the fork assembly 11 can be an insertion and lifting fork assembly 11, wherein the fork 112 can be a fork tine. , the fork tines can be single or double fork tines. When the fork tines pick up the goods, the fork tines insert into the bottom of the goods and lift the goods and drive the goods to move.

當搬運機器人1為插舉貨叉組件時,傳送機構22靠近搬運機器人1的一端上設有避讓結構26,當叉齒插舉傳送機構22上 的貨物時,避讓結構26用於避讓搬運機器人1上的叉齒,以便於叉車插入貨物底部並將貨物舉起後移動。 When the transport robot 1 is a fork assembly, an avoidance structure 26 is provided on the end of the transmission mechanism 22 close to the transport robot 1. When the forks are inserted into and lift the transport mechanism 22 When carrying goods, the avoidance structure 26 is used to avoid the fork tines on the handling robot 1 so that the forklift can insert into the bottom of the goods and lift the goods before moving.

其中,避讓結構26可以為避讓槽1412或者避讓孔,只要避讓結構26能夠避讓叉齒,使叉齒能夠順利的插入貨物的底部並將貨物舉起後移動即可,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 Among them, the avoidance structure 26 can be an avoidance groove 1412 or an avoidance hole, as long as the avoidance structure 26 can avoid the fork tines, so that the fork tines can smoothly insert into the bottom of the goods and lift the goods and move them. In this regard, this embodiment does not Make specific restrictions.

需要說明的是,傳送機構在傳送貨物時,若貨物的寬度小於傳送機構的寬度,即在貨物的兩側有預設的間距,則貨叉組件11也可以為推桿組件等結構,推桿組件通過推拉貨物,以將搬運機器人上的貨物推至傳送機構上,或者將傳送機構上的貨物拉入搬運機器人上。 It should be noted that when the conveyor mechanism transmits goods, if the width of the goods is smaller than the width of the conveyor mechanism, that is, there is a preset distance on both sides of the goods, the fork assembly 11 can also be a push rod assembly or other structures. The component pushes the goods on the handling robot to the conveying mechanism by pushing and pulling the goods, or pulls the goods on the conveying mechanism into the handling robot.

上述機器人1、流利貨架2、貨物提升組件3與傳送線組件4的整體運作,可以通過伺服器作整體控制;或者,伺服器可分析機器人1、流利貨架2、貨物提升組件3與傳送線組件4中一者以上所返饋的貨物資訊,發出相應控制指示;或者,伺服器僅將分析結果提供給機器人1、流利貨架2、貨物提升組件3與傳送線組件4中一者以上,接收到分析結果的設備會對應觸發工作機制。 The overall operation of the above-mentioned robot 1, fluent shelf 2, cargo lifting assembly 3 and conveyor line assembly 4 can be controlled by the server; alternatively, the server can analyze the robot 1, fluent shelf 2, cargo lifting assembly 3 and conveyor line assembly The cargo information returned by one or more of the 4 components sends corresponding control instructions; or, the server only provides the analysis results to one or more of the robot 1, the fluent shelf 2, the cargo lifting component 3, and the conveyor line component 4, and receives The equipment that analyzes the results will trigger the working mechanism accordingly.

圖8為本公開實施例一提供的流利貨架的一種結構示意圖;圖9為本公開實施例一提供的流利貨架的另一種結構示意圖。 FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a fluent shelf provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure; FIG. 9 is another schematic structural diagram of a fluent shelf provided in Embodiment 1 of the present disclosure.

參加圖8和圖9,在上述實施例的基礎上,為了對傳送機構22上的貨物進行居中校正,以避免傳送機構22上的貨物因發生位置偏移而無法與搬運機器人1或者貨物提升組件3進行對接的情況發生,在本實施例中,中轉裝置100還包括校正裝置27, 校正裝置27用於校正傳送機構22上的貨物,以使貨物在沿垂直於貨物的傳送方向上居中。 Referring to Figures 8 and 9, on the basis of the above embodiment, in order to correct the centering of the goods on the conveying mechanism 22, so as to prevent the goods on the conveying mechanism 22 from being unable to connect with the handling robot 1 or the goods lifting assembly due to position deviation. 3 docking occurs, in this embodiment, the transfer device 100 also includes a calibration device 27, The correction device 27 is used to correct the goods on the conveying mechanism 22 so that the goods are centered in the conveying direction perpendicular to the goods.

下面結合流利貨架2的結構,對校正裝置27的具體位置進行說明。 The specific position of the correction device 27 will be described below in conjunction with the structure of the Fluent Shelf 2 .

在一種可選的實施方式中,校正裝置27直接設置於流利貨架2上,其中,流利貨架2包括支架21和設置於支架21上的傳送機構22,校正裝置27可以設置於支架21上;或者,校正裝置27也可以設置於傳送機構22上。 In an optional implementation, the correction device 27 is directly disposed on the fluent shelf 2, wherein the fluent shelf 2 includes a bracket 21 and a transmission mechanism 22 disposed on the bracket 21, and the correction device 27 can be disposed on the bracket 21; or , the correction device 27 can also be provided on the transmission mechanism 22 .

在另一種可選的實施方式中,中轉裝置100包括支座,校正裝置27安裝在支座上,且校正裝置27在豎直方向上高於傳送機構22的上端面,以使校正裝置27能夠對傳送機構22傳送的貨物進行居中校正,可以理解的是,校正裝置27與流利貨架2為獨立的結構,校正裝置27沒有安裝在流利貨架2上,這樣,校正裝置27可以根據需要調整放置位置,以便校正流利貨架2上不同位置處的貨物。 In another optional embodiment, the transfer device 100 includes a support, the correction device 27 is installed on the support, and the correction device 27 is vertically higher than the upper end surface of the transmission mechanism 22 so that the correction device 27 The goods conveyed by the conveying mechanism 22 can be centered and corrected. It can be understood that the correction device 27 and the fluent shelf 2 are independent structures, and the correction device 27 is not installed on the fluent shelf 2. In this way, the correction device 27 can be adjusted and placed as needed. position in order to correct the goods at different positions on the fluent shelf 2.

下面對校正裝置27的具體結構進行介紹:沿貨物的傳送方向,校正裝置27包括分別位於傳送方向的兩側且相對設置的兩個夾持結構271,兩個夾持結構271可以朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向移動,當兩個夾持結構271朝向相互靠近的方向移動時,兩個夾持結構271用於夾持貨物,以使貨物在沿垂直於貨物的傳送方向上居中,從而避免貨物在傳送過程中發生偏移,當對貨物居中校正結束後,兩個夾持結構271再朝 向相互背離的方向移動,鬆開貨物,以使貨物能夠繼續沿傳送方向移動。 The specific structure of the correction device 27 is introduced below: along the transportation direction of the goods, the correction device 27 includes two clamping structures 271 located on both sides of the transportation direction and arranged oppositely. The two clamping structures 271 can move closer to each other. Or move in directions away from each other. When the two clamping structures 271 move in the direction of approaching each other, the two clamping structures 271 are used to clamp the goods so that the goods are centered in the conveying direction perpendicular to the goods, thereby avoiding The goods are deflected during the transportation process. After the centering correction of the goods is completed, the two clamping structures 271 move toward Move in directions away from each other and loosen the goods so that the goods can continue to move in the conveying direction.

在一種可選的實施方式中,中轉裝置100還包括驅動裝置,驅動裝置分別與兩個夾持結構271連接,以使驅動裝置用於驅動兩個夾持結構271朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向移動。其中,驅動裝置可以為電機,電機通過正反轉可以使兩個夾持結構271朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向移動。 In an optional embodiment, the transfer device 100 further includes a driving device, which is connected to the two clamping structures 271 respectively, so that the driving device is used to drive the two clamping structures 271 toward each other or away from each other. direction movement. The driving device may be a motor, and the motor may move the two clamping structures 271 toward or away from each other through forward and reverse rotation.

在一種可選的實施方式中,每一個夾持結構271包括至少兩個夾持件2711,至少兩個夾持件2711沿垂直於貨物的傳送方向並列且間隔設置,相鄰的兩個夾持件2711之間設有緩衝件2712,相鄰兩個夾持件2711之間的緩衝件2712可以減緩夾持件2711對貨物的夾持力量,以避免夾持件2711與貨物之間的卡持力太大而無法使貨物調整居中,從而提高了貨物夾持居中的可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, each clamping structure 271 includes at least two clamping members 2711. The at least two clamping members 2711 are juxtaposed and spaced apart along the conveying direction perpendicular to the goods. Two adjacent clamping members 2711 are There are buffer parts 2712 between the two adjacent clamping parts 2711. The buffer parts 2712 between two adjacent clamping parts 2711 can slow down the clamping force of the clamping parts 2711 on the goods to avoid jamming between the clamping parts 2711 and the goods. The force is too great to adjust and center the cargo, thereby improving the reliability of the cargo clamping and centering.

其中,緩衝件2712可以為彈簧或者其他具有彈性的彈性件等。 The buffer member 2712 may be a spring or other elastic member.

為了使夾持件2711對貨物能夠更好的進行校正居中,在本實施例中,靠近貨物的夾持件2711朝向貨物的一側的輪廓形狀與貨物的外輪廓形狀相匹配,這樣,能夠提高夾持件2711將貨物進行居中校正的精確度,例如,當傳送機構22傳送的貨物為輪胎時,靠近貨物的夾持件2711朝向貨物的一側的輪廓形狀可以為與輪胎的外輪廓形狀相匹配的弧形結構,從而提高夾持件2711對貨物的位置的校正精確性。 In order to enable the clamping member 2711 to better correct and center the goods, in this embodiment, the contour shape of the side of the clamping member 2711 that is close to the goods and faces the goods matches the outer contour shape of the goods. In this way, it can improve The accuracy of the clamping member 2711 in centering and correcting the cargo. For example, when the cargo transported by the conveying mechanism 22 is a tire, the contour shape of the side of the clamping member 2711 close to the cargo facing the cargo may be similar to the outer contour shape of the tire. The matching arc structure improves the accuracy of correcting the position of the goods by the clamping member 2711.

為了進一步提高居中校正的精確性,在本實施例中,兩個夾持結構271之間還可以繞豎直方向對向旋轉,通過兩個夾持結構271的對向旋轉,再配合相鄰兩個夾持件2711之間的緩衝件2712減緩對貨物的夾持力量,這樣,位於兩個夾持結構271之間的貨物進行位移,以使兩個夾持結構271的中心和貨物(例如輪胎)的中心重合,從而提高了貨物居中校正的精確度。 In order to further improve the accuracy of centering correction, in this embodiment, the two clamping structures 271 can also rotate oppositely around the vertical direction. Through the opposite rotation of the two clamping structures 271, and in conjunction with the adjacent two The buffer parts 2712 between the two clamping parts 2711 slow down the clamping force on the goods. In this way, the goods located between the two clamping structures 271 are displaced so that the centers of the two clamping structures 271 are in contact with the goods (such as tires). ) coincide with each other, thereby improving the accuracy of cargo centering correction.

在另一種可選的實施例中,靠近貨物的夾持件2711朝向貨物的一側的輪廓形狀也可以為直板結構,通過直板結構將傳送機構22上位置發生偏移的貨物進行校正,結構簡單,加工成本。 In another optional embodiment, the outline shape of the side of the clamping member 2711 facing the goods can also be a straight plate structure. The straight plate structure can be used to correct the shifted goods on the conveying mechanism 22, and the structure is simple. , processing cost.

在上述實施例的基礎上,流利貨架2還包括啟動開關,啟動開關用於控制傳送機構22的啟動和停止,當夾持結構271對貨物夾持校正時,啟動開關可選擇性的啟動或停止傳送機構22,例如,當傳送機構22上只傳送一個貨物時,啟動開關可以先使傳送機構22停止,夾持結構271對貨物進行校正後並鬆開貨物,啟動開關再啟動傳送機構22繼續運行;不過,當傳送機構22上只傳送一個貨物時,傳送機構22也可以選擇不停止,但是,當傳送機構22上連續傳送多個貨物時,為了提高傳送機構22上每一個貨物的居中精確度,當夾持結構271夾持校正每一個貨物時,啟動開關可以先控制傳送機構22使其停止,當校正完畢並鬆開貨物時,啟動開關再控制傳送機構22使其啟動繼續傳送貨物。 On the basis of the above embodiment, the flow shelf 2 also includes a start switch. The start switch is used to control the start and stop of the transmission mechanism 22. When the clamping structure 271 corrects the clamping of the goods, the start switch can selectively start or stop. For example, when only one piece of goods is conveyed on the conveying mechanism 22, the start switch can first stop the conveying mechanism 22. After the clamping structure 271 corrects the goods and releases the goods, the start switch can then start the conveying mechanism 22 to continue running. ; However, when only one piece of goods is conveyed on the conveying mechanism 22, the conveying mechanism 22 may also choose not to stop. However, when multiple goods are continuously conveyed on the conveying mechanism 22, in order to improve the centering accuracy of each piece of goods on the conveying mechanism 22 When the clamping structure 271 clamps and corrects each piece of goods, the start switch can first control the transmission mechanism 22 to stop it. When the correction is completed and the goods are released, the start switch controls the transmission mechanism 22 to start and continue to convey the goods.

本公開實施例提供的中轉裝置100包括流利貨架2以及貨物提升組件3,流利貨物包括支架21和設置在支架21上的傳送 機構22,傳送機構22的一端與搬運機器人1的貨物出入口對接,傳送機構22的另一端與貨物提升組件3的貨物出入口對接,以完成向搬運機器人1上料或卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,且無需人工上料或卸料,自動化程度高,作業效率高。 The transfer device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure includes a fluent shelf 2 and a cargo lifting assembly 3. The fluent cargo includes a bracket 21 and a conveyor arranged on the bracket 21. Mechanism 22. One end of the transmission mechanism 22 is docked with the cargo entrance and exit of the handling robot 1, and the other end of the transmission mechanism 22 is docked with the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly 3 to complete the transfer and transportation of goods when loading or unloading materials to the handling robot 1. , and no manual loading or unloading is required, with a high degree of automation and high operating efficiency.

實施例二 Embodiment 2

圖10為本公開實施例二提供的中轉裝置的結構示意圖;圖11為本公開實施例二提供的中轉裝置中的流利貨架的結構示意圖。 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a transfer device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure; FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a fluent shelf in the transfer device provided in Embodiment 2 of the present disclosure.

參見圖10和圖11,本公開實施例提供的中轉裝置100包括流利貨架2和貨物提升組件3,流利貨架2的一端與貨物存放裝置5對接,流利貨架2的另一端與貨物提升組件3對接,其中,貨物存放裝置5可以為倉儲貨架或者搬運機器人1等。 Referring to Figures 10 and 11, the transfer device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure includes a fluent shelf 2 and a cargo lifting assembly 3. One end of the fluent shelf 2 is connected to the cargo storage device 5, and the other end of the fluent shelf 2 is connected to the cargo lifting assembly 3. Docking, where the cargo storage device 5 can be a storage shelf or a handling robot 1, etc.

其中,流利貨架2和貨物提升組件3的基本結構在上述實施例的基礎上已進行詳細的說明,在此,不再一一進行贅述。 Among them, the basic structures of the flow shelf 2 and the cargo lifting assembly 3 have been described in detail based on the above embodiments, and will not be described again one by one here.

在上述實施例的基礎上,流利貨架2靠近貨物存放裝置5的一端設有貨物裝卸組件,貨物裝卸組件用於將貨物在流利貨架2和貨物存放裝置5之間進行轉移,通過在流利貨物上設置貨物裝卸組件,此時,流利貨架2除了傳送貨物以外,流利貨架2還可以當做上料或卸料裝置使用,通過貨物裝卸組件將至少一個貨物置入倉儲貨架或者搬運機器人1的貨架上;或者,通過貨物裝卸組件將至少一個貨物從倉儲貨架或者搬運機器人1用於放置貨物的隔板141上置入流利貨架2上,從而實現流利貨架2的用途多 樣化,不用單獨的設置上料或卸料裝置,結構簡單,操作方便,成本低,且佔用空間小。 On the basis of the above embodiment, one end of the flow shelf 2 close to the cargo storage device 5 is provided with a cargo loading and unloading assembly. The cargo handling assembly is used to transfer goods between the flow shelf 2 and the cargo storage device 5. By placing the cargo on the flow shelf 2 Set up a cargo loading and unloading assembly. At this time, in addition to transporting goods, the fluent shelf 2 can also be used as a loading or unloading device. At least one cargo is placed on the storage shelf or the shelf of the handling robot 1 through the cargo loading and unloading assembly; Alternatively, at least one piece of goods is placed on the flow shelf 2 from the storage shelf or the partition 141 of the handling robot 1 for placing goods through the cargo loading and unloading assembly, thereby realizing the multi-purpose use of the flow shelf 2 There is no need to set up a separate loading or unloading device, the structure is simple, the operation is convenient, the cost is low, and the space is small.

其中,貨物裝卸組件為推桿組件28,推桿組件28可相對傳送機構22沿傳送方向伸縮移動,推桿組件28用於通過自身的伸縮移動將貨物在流利貨架2和貨物存放裝置5之間進行轉移。 Among them, the cargo loading and unloading assembly is a push rod assembly 28. The push rod assembly 28 can telescopically move along the transmission direction relative to the transmission mechanism 22. The pushrod assembly 28 is used to move the goods between the flow shelf 2 and the cargo storage device 5 through its own telescopic movement. Make the transfer.

具體地,推桿組件28包括伸縮臂281和位於伸縮臂281的前端的活動推桿282,活動推桿282可相對伸縮臂281轉動,當活動推桿282位於水平位置時,活動推桿282呈展開狀態,此時,活動推桿282擋設在貨物的傳送路徑上,當伸縮臂281相對傳送機構22沿貨物的傳送方向移動時,活動推桿282與貨物抵接並將貨物推至貨物儲存裝置或貨物提升組件3上;或者,活動推桿282用於將貨物拉入傳送機構22內,而當活動推桿282不用移動貨物時,活動推桿282可以收起呈折疊狀態,以減小佔用空間。 Specifically, the push rod assembly 28 includes a telescopic arm 281 and a movable push rod 282 located at the front end of the telescopic arm 281. The movable push rod 282 can rotate relative to the telescopic arm 281. When the movable push rod 282 is in a horizontal position, the movable push rod 282 is in a horizontal position. In the unfolded state, at this time, the movable push rod 282 blocks the conveying path of the goods. When the telescopic arm 281 moves relative to the conveying mechanism 22 along the conveying direction of the goods, the movable push rod 282 contacts the goods and pushes the goods to the goods storage. device or cargo lifting assembly 3; alternatively, the movable push rod 282 is used to pull the cargo into the conveying mechanism 22, and when the movable push rod 282 does not need to move the cargo, the movable push rod 282 can be folded to reduce the Takes up space.

其中,伸縮臂281可以是沿貨物的傳送方向雙向伸縮,只要能夠拿取貨物即可,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 Among them, the telescopic arm 281 can be bidirectionally telescopic along the conveying direction of the goods, as long as the goods can be taken, and this embodiment does not impose any specific limitations on this.

此外,貨物存放裝置5可以包括架體51,架體51上設有多個貨板52,貨板52用於放置貨物,多個貨板52在架體51上沿豎直方向間隔排佈,傳送機構22可以為多層,當流利貨架2與貨物存放裝置5對接時,一層傳送機構22對接一個貨板52,且傳送機構22與貨物在水平面內平齊,這樣,推桿組件28可以直接將流利貨架2上的貨物推入貨板52上,以完成貨物存放裝置5的上料,或者推桿組件28將貨板52上的貨物拉入流利貨架2上,以 完成貨物存放裝置5的卸料,且多層傳送機構22與多層貨板52分別進行對接時,各層傳送機構22上的推桿組件28可以同時向貨物存放裝置5上進行上料或者卸料,從而提高上料或卸料的效率。 In addition, the cargo storage device 5 may include a frame 51. The frame 51 is provided with a plurality of pallets 52. The pallets 52 are used to place cargo. The plurality of pallets 52 are arranged at intervals along the vertical direction on the frame 51. The conveying mechanism 22 can be multi-layered. When the fluent shelf 2 is docked with the cargo storage device 5, the conveying mechanism 22 of one layer is docked with a pallet 52, and the conveying mechanism 22 is flush with the goods in the horizontal plane. In this way, the push rod assembly 28 can directly The goods on the flow shelf 2 are pushed onto the pallet 52 to complete the loading of the goods storage device 5, or the push rod assembly 28 pulls the goods on the pallet 52 into the flow shelf 2 to complete the loading of the goods storage device 5. When the unloading of the cargo storage device 5 is completed and the multi-layer conveying mechanism 22 is docked with the multi-layer pallet 52 respectively, the push rod assembly 28 on each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can load or unload materials to the cargo storage device 5 at the same time, so that Improve loading or unloading efficiency.

在一種可選的實施方式中,傳送機構22靠近貨物存放裝置5的一端的貨物進出口的高度與其對應的貨板52的高度相等,這樣,可以避免因傳送機構22的貨物進出口的高度與其對應的貨板52的高度不相等而導致無法上料或卸料的情況發生,從而提高了上料和卸料的可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, the height of the cargo inlet and outlet at one end of the conveyor mechanism 22 close to the cargo storage device 5 is equal to the height of its corresponding pallet 52. In this way, the height of the cargo inlet and outlet of the conveyor mechanism 22 and its corresponding height can be avoided. The heights of the corresponding pallets 52 are unequal, resulting in the failure of loading or unloading, thereby improving the reliability of loading and unloading.

為了使貨物能夠在傳送機構22上順暢的沿傳送方向移動,在本實施例中,傳送機構22沿垂直於貨物的傳送方向的寬度大於貨物的寬度,從而提高貨物在傳送機構22上沿傳送方向的通過性。 In order to enable the goods to move smoothly along the conveying direction on the conveying mechanism 22, in this embodiment, the width of the conveying mechanism 22 perpendicular to the conveying direction of the goods is greater than the width of the goods, thereby improving the movement of the goods along the conveying direction on the conveying mechanism 22. passability.

本公開實施例提供的中轉裝置100,通過在流利貨架2靠近貨物存放裝置5的一端設置貨物裝卸組件,這樣,流利貨架2除了具有傳送貨物的功能之外,還具有上料和卸料的功能,不用再額外的設置上料和卸料裝置,結構簡單,佔用空間小,成本低。 The transfer device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is provided with a cargo loading and unloading assembly at one end of the flow shelf 2 close to the cargo storage device 5. In this way, in addition to the function of transporting goods, the flow shelf 2 also has the functions of loading and unloading. Function, no additional loading and unloading devices are needed, the structure is simple, the space is small, and the cost is low.

實施例三 Embodiment 3

圖12為本公開實施例三提供的中轉裝置中的搬運機器人的第一種結構示意圖;圖13為本公開實施例三提供的中轉裝置中的搬運機器人的第二種結構的局部示意圖。 FIG. 12 is a first structural schematic diagram of the transport robot in the transfer device provided by the third embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 13 is a partial schematic diagram of the second structure of the transport robot in the transfer device provided by the third embodiment of the present disclosure.

參見圖12和圖13,本公開實施例還提供一種搬運機器人1,其包括移動底盤12、升降組件13以及貨叉組件11,移動底盤 12用於承載升降組件13和貨叉組件11,貨叉組件11與升降組件13連接,以使升降組件13帶動貨叉組件11沿豎直方向升降。 Referring to Figures 12 and 13, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a handling robot 1, which includes a mobile chassis 12, a lifting assembly 13 and a fork assembly 11. The mobile chassis 12 is used to carry the lifting assembly 13 and the fork assembly 11. The fork assembly 11 is connected with the lifting assembly 13, so that the lifting assembly 13 drives the fork assembly 11 to lift in the vertical direction.

在本公開中,搬運機器人1還包括支撐架14,支撐架14安裝在移動底座上,移動底座與搬運機器人1的支撐面(例如地面)抵接,從而對支撐架14進行支撐,升降組件13和貨叉組件11安裝在支撐架14,且升降組件13與貨叉組件11連接,升降組件13帶動貨叉組件11沿支撐架14的豎直方向升降,以使升降組件13可以拿取不同高度的貨物,或者將貨物放置不同高度處。其中,升降組件13可以為鏈條傳動或帶傳動等結構。 In the present disclosure, the handling robot 1 also includes a support frame 14. The support frame 14 is installed on a mobile base. The mobile base is in contact with the support surface (such as the ground) of the handling robot 1 to support the support frame 14. The lifting assembly 13 The fork assembly 11 is installed on the support frame 14, and the lifting assembly 13 is connected to the fork assembly 11. The lifting assembly 13 drives the fork assembly 11 to rise and fall along the vertical direction of the support frame 14, so that the lifting assembly 13 can be taken to different heights. goods, or place goods at different heights. Among them, the lifting component 13 can be a chain drive or a belt drive structure.

下面對貨叉組件11的結構進行介紹,且在本實施例中,貨叉組件11取放的貨物以輪胎為例進行說明:貨叉組件11包括貨叉本體111和位於貨叉本體111上的貨叉112,貨叉112可以通過夾抱、插舉或者推拉等方式取放輪胎,由於夾抱或者推拉式在取放輪胎時均需要在輪胎的兩側給貨叉112預留相應的空間,為了減小空間,使結構更加緊湊,因此,在本實施例中,貨叉112可以為叉齒,叉齒可以直接插入輪胎底部並將輪胎舉起後移動。其中,叉齒可以為單叉齒,也可以為多叉齒。 The structure of the fork assembly 11 is introduced below, and in this embodiment, the goods picked up and placed by the fork assembly 11 are described using tires as an example: the fork assembly 11 includes a fork body 111 and a fork body 111 located on the fork body 111 . The fork 112 of the fork 112 can pick up and place the tire by clamping, inserting and lifting, or pushing and pulling. Because the clamping or push-pull method needs to reserve corresponding space for the fork 112 on both sides of the tire when picking up and placing the tire. In order to reduce the space and make the structure more compact, in this embodiment, the fork 112 can be a fork, and the fork can be directly inserted into the bottom of the tire to lift the tire and move it. The fork tines may be single fork tines or multiple fork tines.

圖14為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人中的貨叉組件的第一種狀態示意圖;圖15為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人中的貨叉組件的第二種狀態示意圖;圖16為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人的第一種狀態示意圖;圖17為本公開實施例三提供的搬運機器人的第二種狀態示意圖。 Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the first state of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided by the third embodiment of the present disclosure; Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the second state of the fork assembly of the handling robot provided by the third embodiment of the present disclosure; Figure 16 It is a schematic diagram of the first state of the transport robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure; FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the second state of the transport robot provided in Embodiment 3 of the present disclosure.

參見圖14至圖17,貨叉112上設有嵌位機構113,當貨叉112插舉輪胎時,嵌位機構113插設在輪胎的內圈中,並與輪胎的內圈卡制,以避免貨叉112在移動過程中,輪胎在貨叉112上的位置發生偏移,從而提高了貨叉112帶動輪胎移動的穩定可靠性。 Referring to Figures 14 to 17, the fork 112 is provided with a locking mechanism 113. When the fork 112 is inserted and lifted into the tire, the locking mechanism 113 is inserted into the inner ring of the tire and is locked with the inner ring of the tire. This prevents the position of the tire on the fork 112 from shifting during the movement of the fork 112, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the movement of the tire driven by the fork 112.

在一種可選的實施例中,嵌位機構113包括至少兩個嵌位部1131,至少兩個嵌位部1131沿輪胎的周向間隔排佈,且至少兩個嵌位部1131可沿輪胎的徑向朝向輪胎的中心收縮或者背離輪胎的中心擴張,當至少兩個嵌位部1131沿輪胎的徑向朝向背離輪胎的中心擴張時,各嵌位部1131與輪胎的內圈卡制,當輪胎需要從貨叉112上取下時,至少兩個嵌位部1131沿輪胎的徑向朝向輪胎的中心收縮,以使各嵌位部1131鬆開輪胎。 In an optional embodiment, the locking mechanism 113 includes at least two locking parts 1131 , the at least two locking parts 1131 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the tire, and the at least two locking parts 1131 can be arranged along the circumferential direction of the tire. The radial direction shrinks toward the center of the tire or expands away from the center of the tire. When at least two clamping portions 1131 expand along the radial direction of the tire away from the center of the tire, each of the clamping portions 1131 is locked with the inner ring of the tire. When the tire When it is necessary to remove the fork 112, at least two of the engaging portions 1131 shrink toward the center of the tire along the radial direction of the tire, so that each of the engaging portions 1131 loosens the tire.

貨叉組件11還包括驅動件,驅動件分別於各嵌位部1131連接,以使驅動件驅動各嵌位部1131沿輪胎的徑向朝向輪胎的中心收縮或者背離輪胎的中心擴張。 The fork assembly 11 further includes a driving member, which is connected to each of the engaging portions 1131 respectively, so that the driving member drives each of the engaging portions 1131 to contract along the radial direction of the tire toward the center of the tire or to expand away from the center of the tire.

其中,驅動件可以為電機,電機通過正反轉以實現各嵌位部1131朝向輪胎的中心收縮或者背離輪胎的中心擴張。 The driving member may be a motor, and the motor rotates forward and reverse to achieve contraction of each clamping portion 1131 toward the center of the tire or expansion away from the center of the tire.

為了提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎之間的卡制可靠性,各嵌位部1131靠近輪胎內圈的一側的輪廓形狀可以與輪胎的內圈輪廓形狀相匹配,例如,可以為與輪胎的內圈的輪廓形狀相一致的弧形結構,從而提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎內圈之間的貼合度,進而提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎之間的卡制可靠性。 In order to improve the clamping reliability between each clamping portion 1131 and the tire, the contour shape of the side of each clamping portion 1131 close to the inner ring of the tire can match the contour shape of the inner ring of the tire. The arc-shaped structure with the same outline shape of the inner ring improves the fit between each of the inserting parts 1131 and the inner ring of the tire, thereby improving the clamping reliability between each of the inserting parts 1131 and the tire.

在另一種可選的實施例中,各嵌位部1131為沿豎直方向延伸的桿狀結構,通過各桿狀結構與輪胎內圈之間的卡制,以提高貨叉112在帶動輪胎移動的穩定可靠性。 In another optional embodiment, each clamping portion 1131 is a rod-shaped structure extending in the vertical direction, and is clamped between each rod-shaped structure and the inner ring of the tire to improve the movement of the fork 112 in driving the tire. stability and reliability.

為了進一步提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎之間的卡制的可靠性,在本實施例中,當各嵌位部1131嵌設在輪胎的內圈中時,各嵌位部1131的頂部與輪胎的頂部齊平,或者,各嵌位部1131的頂部高於輪胎的頂部,這樣,可以提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎的內圈的卡制面積,從而提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎之間的卡制可靠性。 In order to further improve the reliability of the clamping between each inserting portion 1131 and the tire, in this embodiment, when each inserting portion 1131 is embedded in the inner ring of the tire, the top of each inserting portion 1131 is in contact with the tire. The tops of each locating portion 1131 are flush with each other, or the tops of each locating portion 1131 are higher than the top of the tire. In this way, the clamping area between each locating portion 1131 and the inner ring of the tire can be increased, thereby increasing the distance between each locating portion 1131 and the tire. The reliability of the card system.

在上述實施例的基礎上,各嵌位部1131的頂部設有朝向遠離輪胎的中心延伸的彈性卡勾,當各嵌位部1131嵌設在輪胎的內圈中時,彈性卡勾卡制在輪胎的頂部,這樣,除了各嵌位部1131與輪胎的內圈卡制以外,各彈性卡勾還對輪胎沿豎直方向具有壓緊作用,從而能夠進一步提高各嵌位部1131與輪胎之間的卡制可靠性。 Based on the above embodiment, the top of each inserting portion 1131 is provided with an elastic hook extending away from the center of the tire. When each inserting portion 1131 is embedded in the inner ring of the tire, the elastic hook is locked in the inner ring of the tire. The top of the tire, in this way, in addition to each clamping portion 1131 being locked with the inner ring of the tire, each elastic hook also has a compressing effect on the tire in the vertical direction, thereby further improving the distance between each clamping portion 1131 and the tire. The reliability of the card system.

此外,嵌位機構113還包括至少兩個伸縮部1132,各伸縮部1132分別位於各嵌位部1131和驅動件之間,其中,一個伸縮部1132對應一個嵌位部1131,驅動件驅動各伸縮部1132伸縮,以使各伸縮部1132帶動各嵌位部1131沿輪胎的徑向朝向輪胎的中心收縮或者背離輪胎的中心擴張。 In addition, the clamping mechanism 113 also includes at least two telescopic parts 1132. Each telescopic part 1132 is respectively located between each clamping part 1131 and the driving member. Among them, one telescopic part 1132 corresponds to one clamping part 1131, and the driving part drives each telescopic part 1131. The portions 1132 expand and contract, so that each expansion portion 1132 drives each clamping portion 1131 to contract toward the center of the tire along the radial direction of the tire or to expand away from the center of the tire.

其中,各伸縮部1132可以為伸縮桿。 Each telescopic part 1132 may be a telescopic rod.

在一個實施例中,嵌位部1131為四個,四個嵌位部1131沿輪胎的周向等間隔排佈,這個,在滿足貨叉112帶動輪胎在移 動時的穩定可靠性的同時,嵌位部1131的數量越少,則結構越簡單,加工以及安裝成本越低。 In one embodiment, there are four clamping parts 1131 , and the four clamping parts 1131 are arranged at equal intervals along the circumferential direction of the tire. This ensures that the fork 112 drives the tire to move. While ensuring stable reliability during movement, the smaller the number of clamping portions 1131, the simpler the structure and the lower the processing and installation costs.

貨叉組件11還包括升降裝置,升降裝置與嵌位機構113連接,升降裝置用於驅動嵌位機構113沿輪胎的軸線方向升降。 The fork assembly 11 also includes a lifting device. The lifting device is connected to the clamping mechanism 113. The lifting device is used to drive the clamping mechanism 113 to move up and down along the axial direction of the tire.

在具體實現時,貨叉112在插舉輪胎時,嵌位結構處於收縮狀態,即嵌位結構的頂部與貨叉112的上端面平齊,當貨叉112插舉上輪胎後,升降裝置驅動嵌位機構113上升,以使嵌位結構與輪胎的內圈進行卡制,貨叉112帶動輪胎移動,當貨叉112需要放下輪胎時,升降裝置驅動嵌位機構113下降,以使嵌位機構113的頂部與貨叉112的上端面平齊,貨叉112再將輪胎放下,以實現貨叉112對輪胎的取放。 In specific implementation, when the fork 112 is inserting and lifting the tire, the clamping structure is in a contracted state, that is, the top of the clamping structure is flush with the upper end surface of the fork 112. When the fork 112 is inserted and lifted up the tire, the lifting device drives The clamping mechanism 113 rises to lock the clamping structure with the inner ring of the tire. The fork 112 drives the tire to move. When the fork 112 needs to lower the tire, the lifting device drives the clamping mechanism 113 to descend, so that the clamping mechanism The top of 113 is flush with the upper end surface of the cargo fork 112, and the cargo fork 112 lowers the tire to realize the picking and placing of the tire by the cargo fork 112.

其中,升降裝置包括電機和與電機連接的驅動桿,驅動桿與嵌位機構113連接,以使電機驅動驅動桿帶動嵌位機構113沿輪胎的軸線方向升降。 The lifting device includes a motor and a driving rod connected to the motor. The driving rod is connected to the clamping mechanism 113 so that the motor drives the driving rod to drive the clamping mechanism 113 to rise and fall along the axial direction of the tire.

升降裝置也可以為其他結構,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 The lifting device can also be of other structures, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.

實施例四 Embodiment 4

圖18為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人中貨叉組件的第一種結構的一種狀態示意圖;圖19為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人中貨叉組件的第一種結構的另一種狀態示意圖;圖20為本公開實施例四提供的搬運機器人的第三種結構示意圖;圖21為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第一種狀態示意圖;圖22為圖20 中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第二種狀態示意圖;圖23為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第三種狀態示意圖;圖24為圖20中貨叉組件的俯視結構的第四種狀態示意圖。 Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of a state of the first structure of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure; Figure 19 is another first structure of the fork assembly in the handling robot provided in the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure. State schematic diagram; Figure 20 is a third structural schematic diagram of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 4 of the present disclosure; Figure 21 is a first state schematic diagram of the top view structure of the fork assembly in Figure 20; Figure 22 is a diagram of Figure 20 The second state schematic diagram of the top view structure of the middle fork assembly; Figure 23 is the third state schematic diagram of the top view structure of the fork assembly in Figure 20; Figure 24 is the fourth state of the top view structure of the fork assembly in Figure 20 Schematic diagram.

參見圖18至圖24,本公開實施例還提供另一種貨叉組件11,其包括托架115、旋轉機構116和位於旋轉機構116上的可伸縮貨叉117,可伸縮貨叉117通過旋轉機構116安裝於托架115上,旋轉機構116用於帶動可伸縮貨叉117相對於托架115繞一豎直軸線旋轉,以使可伸縮貨叉117可朝向不同的方向,以便取放不同方向及位置的貨物。 Referring to Figures 18 to 24, the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides another fork assembly 11, which includes a bracket 115, a rotating mechanism 116 and a telescopic fork 117 located on the rotating mechanism 116. The telescopic fork 117 passes through the rotating mechanism 116. 116 is installed on the bracket 115, and the rotation mechanism 116 is used to drive the telescopic fork 117 to rotate around a vertical axis relative to the bracket 115, so that the telescopic fork 117 can face different directions, so as to facilitate picking and placing in different directions. location of goods.

可伸縮貨叉117上設有夾持組件114,在可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物時,夾持組件114與貨物的外側壁卡制,以避免可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物後移動時貨物的位置發生偏移,從而提高了可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性。 The telescopic fork 117 is provided with a clamping component 114. When the telescopic fork 117 is inserted and lifted, the clamping component 114 is clamped with the outer wall of the cargo to prevent the telescopic fork 117 from moving after the cargo is inserted and lifted. The position of the telescopic fork 117 is shifted, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the telescopic fork 117 when inserting and lifting goods and moving.

在一種可選的實施例中,夾持組件114包括至少兩個夾持部1141,至少兩個夾持部1141沿貨物的周向間隔設置,且至少兩個夾持部1141中的至少一個夾持部1141可朝向或者背離貨物的方向移動,以使至少兩個夾持部1141與貨物的外側壁卡制或脫落。 In an optional embodiment, the clamping assembly 114 includes at least two clamping parts 1141 , the at least two clamping parts 1141 are spaced apart along the circumference of the goods, and at least one of the at least two clamping parts 1141 clamps The holding portion 1141 can move toward or away from the cargo, so that at least two clamping portions 1141 are stuck with or detached from the outer wall of the cargo.

例如,夾持組件114包括兩個夾持部1141,為了便於描述,兩個夾持部1141分別用第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b表示,其中,第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b可以相對設置,當可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物後,一個夾持部1141相對另一個 夾持部1141朝向相互靠近的方向移動,或者兩個夾持部1141同時朝向相互靠近的方向移動,以使貨物被夾持在兩個夾持部1141之間,以使兩個夾持部1141與貨物的外側壁卡制,從而提高可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性。 For example, the clamping assembly 114 includes two clamping parts 1141. For convenience of description, the two clamping parts 1141 are respectively represented by a first clamping part 1141a and a second clamping part 1141b, where the first clamping part 1141a and The second clamping parts 1141b can be arranged oppositely. When the telescopic fork 117 inserts and lifts the goods, one clamping part 1141 is opposite to the other. The clamping parts 1141 move toward each other, or the two clamping parts 1141 move toward each other at the same time, so that the goods are clamped between the two clamping parts 1141 , so that the two clamping parts 1141 It is locked with the outer wall of the cargo, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the telescopic fork 117 when inserting, lifting, and moving the cargo.

在一種可選的實施例中,沿貨物的傳送方向,第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b分別位於可伸縮貨叉117的兩端,當可伸縮貨叉117縮回時,貨物夾持在第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b之間,從而提高可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, along the transport direction of the goods, the first clamping part 1141a and the second clamping part 1141b are respectively located at both ends of the telescopic fork 117. When the telescopic fork 117 is retracted, the goods It is clamped between the first clamping part 1141a and the second clamping part 1141b, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the telescopic fork 117 when inserting, lifting and moving the cargo.

其中,可伸縮貨叉117包括設置在旋轉機構116上的底板1171以及可與底板1171之間相對滑動的叉板1172,即叉板1172可相對底板1171伸出或縮回,叉板1172用於插舉貨物。 Among them, the telescopic fork 117 includes a bottom plate 1171 provided on the rotating mechanism 116 and a fork plate 1172 that can slide relative to the bottom plate 1171, that is, the fork plate 1172 can extend or retract relative to the bottom plate 1171, and the fork plate 1172 is used for Insert and lift goods.

在一種可選的實施例中,沿叉板1172的滑動方向,第一夾持部1141a設置在靠近叉板1172的後端的底板1171上,第二夾持部1141b設置在叉板1172的前端上,以使第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b因叉板1172的取貨或放貨動作而朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向移動。 In an optional embodiment, along the sliding direction of the fork plate 1172, the first clamping portion 1141a is disposed on the bottom plate 1171 near the rear end of the fork plate 1172, and the second clamping portion 1141b is disposed on the front end of the fork plate 1172. , so that the first clamping part 1141a and the second clamping part 1141b move in a direction toward or away from each other due to the picking or placing action of the fork plate 1172 .

可以理解的是,叉板1172的前端為叉板1172在朝向貨物移動並插舉貨物時,最先靠近貨物的一端,而與其對稱的另一端則為叉板1172的後端。 It can be understood that the front end of the fork plate 1172 is the end that first approaches the cargo when the fork plate 1172 moves toward the cargo and lifts the cargo, and the other end that is symmetrical to it is the rear end of the fork plate 1172 .

在具體實現時,以叉板1172要從流利貨架2上插舉貨物為例,第二夾持部1141b隨叉板1172一起朝向流利貨架2移動, 為了使叉板1172以及叉板1172上的第二夾持部1141b與流利貨架2之間不發生干涉,在流利貨架2與搬運機器人1對接的一端會設有第一避讓豁口,該第一避讓豁口沿豎直方向的深度大於叉板1172以及叉板1172上第二夾持部1141b的總高度,叉板1172插入貨物的底部並舉起後向後縮回,而叉板1172在縮回的過程中,第二夾持部1141b會隨叉板1172一起朝向靠近第一夾持部1141a的方向移動,以使貨物被夾持在第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b之間。 In specific implementation, taking the fork plate 1172 to lift goods from the flow shelf 2 as an example, the second clamping portion 1141b moves toward the flow shelf 2 along with the fork plate 1172. In order to prevent the fork plate 1172 and the second clamping portion 1141b on the fork plate 1172 from interfering with the flow shelf 2, a first escape gap is provided at the end of the flow shelf 2 that is connected to the transport robot 1. The depth of the gap along the vertical direction is greater than the total height of the fork plate 1172 and the second clamping portion 1141b on the fork plate 1172. The fork plate 1172 is inserted into the bottom of the cargo and is lifted and then retracted backward, while the fork plate 1172 is in the process of retracting. , the second clamping part 1141b will move in a direction close to the first clamping part 1141a together with the fork plate 1172, so that the goods are clamped between the first clamping part 1141a and the second clamping part 1141b.

此外,若要將叉板1172上的貨物置入搬運機器人1上用於放置貨物的隔板141上時,旋轉機構116首先驅動可伸縮貨叉117繞一豎直軸線進行旋轉,以使叉板1172對準貨物要放置的隔板141,且隔板141上設有用於避讓叉板1172以及叉板1172上第二夾持部1141b的第二避讓豁口,叉板1172插入第二避讓豁口內後,可伸縮貨叉117沿豎直方向向下移動預設距離,此時,叉板1172上的貨物被放置在隔板141上,叉板1172再帶動第二夾持部1141b朝向第一夾持部1141a的方向回縮,從而實現將流利貨架2上貨物轉移至搬運機器人1上的隔板141上。 In addition, when the goods on the fork plate 1172 are to be placed on the partition 141 for placing goods on the handling robot 1, the rotating mechanism 116 first drives the telescopic fork 117 to rotate around a vertical axis, so that the fork plate 1172 is aligned with the partition 141 where the goods are to be placed, and the partition 141 is provided with a second avoidance gap for avoiding the fork plate 1172 and the second clamping portion 1141b on the fork plate 1172. After the fork plate 1172 is inserted into the second avoidance gap , the telescopic fork 117 moves downward by a preset distance in the vertical direction. At this time, the goods on the fork plate 1172 are placed on the partition 141, and the fork plate 1172 drives the second clamping part 1141b toward the first clamping part. The direction of the portion 1141a is retracted, thereby transferring the goods on the flow shelf 2 to the partition 141 on the transport robot 1.

在另一種可選的實施例中,可伸縮貨叉117上設有伸縮件1142,伸縮件1142與第一夾持部1141a和/或第二夾持部1141b連接,以使伸縮件1142帶動第一夾持部1141a和/或第二夾持部1141b朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向伸縮移動,也就是說,第一夾持部1141a和/或第二夾持部1141b可以與可伸縮貨叉117之間 具有相對獨立的運動,這樣,第一夾持部1141a和第二夾持部1141b之間可以被卡制的貨物的尺寸可以更大或者更小,在滿足可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性的同時,增大了適用範圍。其中,伸縮件1142可以為伸縮桿。 In another optional embodiment, the telescopic fork 117 is provided with a telescopic part 1142, and the telescopic part 1142 is connected to the first clamping part 1141a and/or the second clamping part 1141b, so that the telescopic part 1142 drives the third clamping part 1141a. One clamping part 1141a and/or the second clamping part 1141b telescopically move toward each other or away from each other. That is to say, the first clamping part 1141a and/or the second clamping part 1141b can be connected with the telescopic fork. between 117 has relatively independent movement, so that the size of the cargo that can be clamped between the first clamping part 1141a and the second clamping part 1141b can be larger or smaller, and the telescopic fork 117 can insert and lift the cargo and move it when it is satisfied. While ensuring stable and reliable performance, it also increases the scope of application. The telescopic member 1142 may be a telescopic rod.

另外,貨叉組件11還包括驅動結構,驅動結構與伸縮件1142連接,以使驅動結構驅動伸縮件1142帶動第一夾持部1141a和/或第二夾持部1141b可朝向相互靠近或相互背離的方向移動,其中,驅動結構可以為電機,電機通過正轉或者反轉,以使伸縮件1142實現伸縮或者回縮的目的,結構簡單,成本低。 In addition, the fork assembly 11 also includes a driving structure, and the driving structure is connected to the telescopic member 1142, so that the driving structure drives the telescopic member 1142 to drive the first clamping part 1141a and/or the second clamping part 1141b to move closer to or away from each other. direction, where the driving structure can be a motor, and the motor rotates forward or reverse to enable the telescopic member 1142 to achieve telescopic or retractive purposes. The structure is simple and the cost is low.

在上述實施例的基礎上,貨叉組件11還包括升降裝置,升降裝置與第二夾持部1141b連接,可伸縮貨叉117上設有用於避讓第二夾持部1141b的避讓槽1412或避讓孔,當可伸縮貨叉117取放貨物時,升降裝置驅動第二夾持部1141b沿豎直方向升降。 On the basis of the above embodiments, the fork assembly 11 also includes a lifting device. The lifting device is connected to the second clamping part 1141b. The telescopic fork 117 is provided with an escape groove 1412 or an escape groove 1412 for avoiding the second clamping part 1141b. hole, when the telescopic fork 117 picks up and places goods, the lifting device drives the second clamping part 1141b to lift in the vertical direction.

在具體實現時,若可伸縮貨叉117需取放貨物時,升降裝置可先驅動第二夾持部1141b沿豎直方向下降至避讓槽1412或避讓孔內,以避免第二夾持部1141b與流利貨架2等之間發生干涉,當可伸縮貨叉117插入貨物的底部舉起後,升降裝置再驅動第二夾持部1141b上升,此時,第二夾持部1141b可以隨可伸縮貨叉117一起朝向靠近第一夾持部1141a的方向移動,或者,第一夾持部1141a和/或第二夾持部1141b隨伸縮件1142的收縮移動朝向彼此相互靠近的方向移動,從而使貨物被夾持在第一夾持 部1141a和第二夾持部1141b之間,進而提高可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性。 In specific implementation, if the telescopic fork 117 needs to pick up and place goods, the lifting device can first drive the second clamping part 1141b to descend vertically into the avoidance groove 1412 or the avoidance hole to avoid the second clamping part 1141b. Interference occurs with the flow shelf 2 and the like. When the telescopic fork 117 is inserted into the bottom of the goods and lifted, the lifting device drives the second clamping part 1141b to rise. At this time, the second clamping part 1141b can follow the telescopic goods. The forks 117 move together toward the direction of approaching the first clamping portion 1141a, or the first clamping portion 1141a and/or the second clamping portion 1141b move toward each other as the telescopic member 1142 contracts, so that the goods can be moved closer to each other. is clamped in the first clamping between the portion 1141a and the second clamping portion 1141b, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the telescopic fork 117 when inserting and lifting goods and moving them.

為了提高夾持部1141夾持貨物的可靠性,在本實施例中,夾持部1141在夾持貨物時朝向貨物一側的輪廓形狀可與貨物的外輪廓形狀相匹配,從而提高夾持部1141與貨物之間的貼合度,進而提高夾持部1141在夾持貨物時的夾持可靠性。 In order to improve the reliability of the clamping part 1141 in clamping goods, in this embodiment, the contour shape of the side of the clamping part 1141 facing the goods when clamping the goods can match the outer contour shape of the goods, thereby improving the clamping part 1141 . 1141 and the cargo, thereby improving the clamping reliability of the clamping portion 1141 when clamping the cargo.

例如,當貨物為輪胎時,則夾持部1141朝向輪胎一側的輪廓形狀為與輪胎的外輪廓形狀相匹配的弧形結構, 本公開實施例提供的貨叉組件11,通過在可伸縮貨叉117上設有夾持組件114,當可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物時,夾持組件114與貨物的外側壁卡制,以避免可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物後移動時貨物的位置發生偏移,從而提高了可伸縮貨叉117插舉貨物並移動時的穩定可靠性。 For example, when the cargo is a tire, the contour shape of the clamping portion 1141 facing the tire is an arc-shaped structure that matches the outer contour shape of the tire. The fork assembly 11 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is provided with a clamping component 114 on the telescopic fork 117. When the telescopic fork 117 inserts and lifts the goods, the clamping component 114 is locked with the outer wall of the goods, so as to This prevents the position of the cargo from shifting when the telescopic fork 117 is inserted and lifted and moved, thereby improving the stability and reliability of the telescopic fork 117 when it is inserted, lifted and moved.

實施例五 Embodiment 5

圖25為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人的第四種結構的俯視示意圖。 FIG. 25 is a schematic top view of the fourth structure of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

參見圖25,本公開實施例提供一種搬運機器人1,其包括支撐架14,支撐架14上設有隔板141,隔板141用於放置貨物,隔板141上設有校正組件15,當貨物放置在隔板141上時,校正組件15用於校正隔板141上的貨物,以使貨物位於隔板141的居中位置。 Referring to Figure 25, the embodiment of the present disclosure provides a handling robot 1, which includes a support frame 14. The support frame 14 is provided with a partition 141. The partition 141 is used to place goods. The partition 141 is provided with a correction component 15. When the goods are When placed on the partition 141 , the correction assembly 15 is used to correct the goods on the partition 141 so that the goods are located in the center of the partition 141 .

在本公開中,通過在隔板141上設置校正組件15,以使 貨物位於隔板141的居中位置,避免因搬運機器人1的行進慣性力或其他原因而使貨物在隔板141上的位置發生偏移,導致貨叉112等搬運隔板141上的貨物時無法準確的定位並拿取貨物,而通過設置校正組件15,能夠提高貨物在隔板141中的位置精確度。 In the present disclosure, the correction assembly 15 is provided on the partition 141 so that The goods are located in the center of the partition 141 to avoid the position of the goods on the partition 141 being shifted due to the inertial force of the transport robot 1 or other reasons, causing the forks 112 and the like to be unable to accurately transport the goods on the partition 141 Positioning and picking up the goods, and by setting the correction component 15, the position accuracy of the goods in the partition 141 can be improved.

在一種可選的實施例中,校正組件15包括至少兩個校正部151,至少兩個校正部151沿隔板141的周向間隔設置,且至少兩個校正部151可朝向靠近或背離隔板141的居中位置移動,以使各校正部151用於校正隔板141上的貨物的位置。 In an optional embodiment, the correction assembly 15 includes at least two correction portions 151 , the at least two correction portions 151 are spaced apart along the circumference of the partition 141 , and the at least two correction portions 151 can move toward or away from the partition. The central position of the goods 141 moves so that each correction part 151 is used to correct the position of the goods on the partition 141 .

在具體實現時,當貨叉組件11將貨物放置在隔板141上後,各校正部151則朝向靠近隔板141的中心位置移動,此時,若貨物沒有位於隔板141的居中位置處,貨物會在各校正部151的推移下移動至隔板141的居中位置處,從而完成對隔板141上貨物的位置的校正,當對貨物校正完畢後,各校正部151再朝向背離隔板141的中心位置處移動。 In specific implementation, after the fork assembly 11 places the goods on the partition 141, each correction part 151 moves toward the center position close to the partition 141. At this time, if the goods are not located at the center position of the partition 141, The goods will move to the central position of the partition 141 under the movement of each correction part 151, thereby completing the correction of the position of the goods on the partition 141. After the correction of the goods is completed, each correction part 151 will face away from the partition 141. move to the center position.

其中,各校正部151可以為板狀結構,也可以為塊狀結構,只要能夠校正貨物的位置即可。 Each correction part 151 may have a plate-like structure or a block-like structure, as long as it can correct the position of the goods.

為了提高各校正部151在校正貨物時的精確度,各校正部151朝向貨物一側的輪廓形狀與各校正部151對應的貨物的外側壁的輪廓段的形狀相匹配,這樣,可以提高校正部151在校正貨物的位置時,校正部151與貨物之間的貼合度,從而提高校正部151校正貨物的位置時的精確度。 In order to improve the accuracy of each correction part 151 when correcting the goods, the contour shape of each correction part 151 facing the goods matches the shape of the contour segment of the outer wall of the goods corresponding to each correction part 151. In this way, the correction part can be improved. 151 When correcting the position of the goods, the degree of fit between the correction part 151 and the goods is improved, thereby improving the accuracy of the correction part 151 when correcting the position of the goods.

在上述實施例的基礎上,隔板141上設有至少兩個伸縮 結構,至少兩個伸縮結構分別與至少兩個校正部151連接,其中,一個伸縮結構與一個校正部151連接,伸縮結構可朝向靠近或背離隔板141的中心伸縮,以使各伸縮結構帶動各校正部151校正隔板141上的貨物。 On the basis of the above embodiment, the partition 141 is provided with at least two telescopic structure, at least two telescopic structures are respectively connected to at least two correction parts 151, wherein one telescopic structure is connected to one correction part 151, and the telescopic structures can telescope toward or away from the center of the partition 141, so that each telescopic structure drives each The correction part 151 corrects the goods on the partition 141.

其中,伸縮結構可以為彈性伸縮件1142,例如彈簧等。 The telescopic structure may be an elastic telescopic member 1142, such as a spring.

或者,伸縮結構也可以為氣壓伸縮件1142,伸縮件1142隨氣壓的壓縮和釋放帶動各校正部151進行移動,以使各校正部151可用於校正隔板141上貨物的位置。 Alternatively, the telescopic structure may also be a pneumatic telescopic member 1142. The telescopic member 1142 drives each correction part 151 to move with the compression and release of air pressure, so that each correction part 151 can be used to correct the position of the goods on the partition 141.

此外,隔板141上還設有源動件,源動件與各伸縮結構連接,以使源動件驅動各伸縮結構朝向靠近或遠離隔板141的中心伸縮,其中,源動件可以為電機等結構,只要能夠為各伸縮結構提供動力即可,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 In addition, the partition 141 is also provided with a driving component, which is connected to each telescopic structure, so that the driving component drives each telescopic structure to telescope toward or away from the center of the partition 141, where the driving component can be a motor. and other structures, as long as they can provide power for each telescopic structure, this embodiment does not impose specific limitations on this.

在一種可選的實施例中,支撐架14上還設有檢測件16和與檢測件16電連接的控制組件,檢測件16用於檢測隔板141上的貨物的放置情形,且檢測件16將檢測到的貨物的放置情形傳輸給控制組件,控制組件與校正組件15連接,控制組件用於控制校正組件15,以使校正組件15調整貨物的位置。 In an optional embodiment, the support frame 14 is also provided with a detection part 16 and a control component electrically connected to the detection part 16. The detection part 16 is used to detect the placement of goods on the partition 141, and the detection part 16 The detected placement situation of the goods is transmitted to the control component, which is connected to the correction component 15. The control component is used to control the correction component 15 so that the correction component 15 adjusts the position of the goods.

在具體實現時,當檢測件16檢測到隔板141上放置的貨物沒有位於隔板141的中心位置時,則將該資訊上傳至控制組件,控制組件根據該資訊控制校正組件15進行校正,以使貨物被調整至隔板141的中心位置;若檢測件16檢測到隔板141上放置的貨物位於隔板141的中心位置,則控制組件不會啟動校正組件15對 隔板141上的貨物進行校正,從而提高了校正組件15工作的準確度,避免貨物在隔板141上的位置沒有發生偏移卻啟動校正組件15進行校正的情況發生。 In specific implementation, when the detection component 16 detects that the goods placed on the partition 141 are not located at the center of the partition 141, the information is uploaded to the control component, and the control component controls the correction component 15 to perform correction according to the information. The goods are adjusted to the center of the partition 141; if the detection component 16 detects that the goods placed on the partition 141 are at the center of the partition 141, the control component will not activate the correction component 15. The goods on the partition 141 are calibrated, thereby improving the accuracy of the work of the correction component 15 and avoiding the situation where the position of the goods on the partition 141 does not shift but the correction component 15 is activated for correction.

其中,檢測件16可以為攝像頭或者其他可以用於檢測隔板141上貨物放置情形的檢測裝置,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 The detection component 16 can be a camera or other detection device that can be used to detect the placement of goods on the partition 141. This embodiment is not specifically limited in this regard.

圖26為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的一種結構示意圖;圖27為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的另一種結構示意圖;圖28為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人中隔板的又一種結構示意圖。 Figure 26 is a schematic structural diagram of the middle partition of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure; Figure 27 is another schematic structural diagram of the middle partition of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure; Figure 28 is provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure. Another structural diagram of the partition board in the handling robot.

參見圖26至28,在上實施例的基礎上,為了使隔板141適用放置尺寸大小不同的貨物,且該貨物在隨搬運機器人1行進過程中不會發生位置的偏移,在本實施例中,隔板141上設有凹槽1411,凹槽1411的口徑從凹槽1411的槽口至凹槽1411的槽底依次減小,隔板141上的貨物會因自身重力卡持在凹槽1411內,這樣,該隔板141不僅適合放置尺寸大小不同的貨物外,且貨物在隨搬運機器人1行進過程中,也不會因慣性力等原因使貨物在隔板141上的位置發生偏移。 Referring to Figures 26 to 28, on the basis of the above embodiment, in order to make the partition 141 suitable for placing goods of different sizes, and the goods will not shift in position while traveling with the handling robot 1, in this embodiment , the partition 141 is provided with a groove 1411. The diameter of the groove 1411 decreases from the opening of the groove 1411 to the bottom of the groove 1411. The goods on the partition 141 will be held in the groove due to its own gravity. 1411, in this way, the partition 141 is not only suitable for placing goods of different sizes, but also the position of the goods on the partition 141 will not be shifted due to inertial force and other reasons when the goods are traveling with the transport robot 1. .

在一種可選的實施例中,凹槽1411的口徑從凹槽1411的槽口至凹槽1411的槽底呈階梯式遞減,這樣,可以貨物的外側壁與凹槽1411內壁之間的接觸面積,從而提高可貨物卡持在該凹槽1411中的穩定可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, the diameter of the groove 1411 decreases in a stepwise manner from the notch of the groove 1411 to the bottom of the groove 1411. In this way, the contact between the outer wall of the cargo and the inner wall of the groove 1411 can be reduced. area, thereby improving the stability and reliability of goods being held in the groove 1411.

在另一種可選的實施例中,凹槽1411的口徑從凹槽1411的槽口至凹槽1411的槽底呈斜坡面遞減,這樣,可以適用更多尺寸不同的貨物,從而提高隔板141可承載貨物的範圍。 In another optional embodiment, the diameter of the groove 1411 decreases on a slope from the notch of the groove 1411 to the bottom of the groove 1411. In this way, more goods of different sizes can be applied, thereby improving the partition wall 141. The range of cargo that can be carried.

在一種可選的實施例中,凹槽1411的槽內空間沿水平面的截面形狀可以是由多條直線圍設形成的正方形、矩形或者多邊形;或者,凹槽1411的槽內空間沿水平面的截面形狀可以是由多段弧線形成的,或者是由弧線和直線共同圍設形成的規則形狀或不規矩形狀等。 In an optional embodiment, the cross-sectional shape of the inner space of the groove 1411 along the horizontal plane may be a square, rectangle or polygon formed by multiple straight lines; or, the cross-sectional shape of the inner space of the groove 1411 along the horizontal plane The shape can be formed by multiple arcs, or a regular shape or an irregular rectangular shape formed by arcs and straight lines.

在一個可能實現的實施例中,凹槽1411的槽內空間呈漏斗狀,能夠理解的是,凹槽1411的槽內空間呈漏斗狀,即槽內空間沿豎直方向的徑向尺寸從上至下逐漸減小,這樣,當貨物位於凹槽1411內時,凹槽1411內的貨物因自身的重力以及貨物與凹槽1411的槽壁之間的摩擦力,貨物會卡持在該凹槽1411中,從而可以避免貨物在隨搬運機器人1行進時而發生偏移,結構簡單,成本低。 In one possible embodiment, the space inside the groove 1411 is funnel-shaped. It can be understood that the space inside the groove 1411 is funnel-shaped, that is, the radial dimension of the space inside the groove along the vertical direction is from top to bottom. It gradually decreases downward. In this way, when the goods are located in the groove 1411, the goods in the groove 1411 will be stuck in the groove due to their own gravity and the friction between the goods and the groove wall of the groove 1411. 1411, thereby avoiding the shift of goods when traveling with the handling robot 1, with simple structure and low cost.

可選地,凹槽1411的槽內空間呈至少兩層漏斗狀,這樣,凹槽1411內可以適合的貨物的尺寸範圍增大,從而提高了隔板141的使用範圍。 Optionally, the space in the groove 1411 is in the shape of at least two layers of funnels. In this way, the size range of the goods that can be accommodated in the groove 1411 is increased, thereby increasing the use range of the partition 141.

在上述實施例的基礎上,隔板141上設有貨物進出口,貨物進出口與凹槽1411連通,搬運機器人1上的貨叉112可通過貨物進出口將貨物放置在凹槽1411內或者從凹槽1411內取出貨物。 Based on the above embodiment, the partition 141 is provided with a cargo inlet and outlet, and the cargo inlet and outlet are connected with the groove 1411. The cargo fork 112 on the handling robot 1 can place the goods in the groove 1411 through the cargo inlet and outlet or from the groove 1411. Take out the goods from the groove 1411.

其中,凹槽1411靠近搬運機器人1中貨叉112一側可以為開口結構,開口結構形成貨物進出口,因此,貨物進出口與凹槽1411可一體成型,減少加工工序,降低成本。 Among them, the side of the groove 1411 close to the fork 112 in the handling robot 1 can be an opening structure, and the opening structure forms a cargo inlet and outlet. Therefore, the cargo inlet and outlet and the groove 1411 can be integrally formed, reducing processing steps and reducing costs.

當搬運機器人1中的貨叉112是通過插舉的方式取放貨物時,為了便於貨叉112插入貨物的底部,在本實施例中,凹槽1411的內底壁上設有用於避讓貨叉112的避讓槽1412,避讓槽1412與貨物進出口連通,貨叉112向凹槽1411內放置貨物或從凹槽1411內拿取貨物時,貨叉112先插入避讓槽1412內,再通過舉起或下移的方式取放貨物。 When the cargo forks 112 in the handling robot 1 are picked up and placed by inserting and lifting, in order to facilitate the insertion of the cargo forks 112 into the bottom of the cargo, in this embodiment, the inner bottom wall of the groove 1411 is provided with a space for avoiding the cargo forks. The avoidance groove 1412 of 112 is connected with the cargo inlet and outlet. When the cargo fork 112 places goods in the groove 1411 or takes the goods from the groove 1411, the cargo fork 112 is first inserted into the avoidance groove 1412, and then lifted. Or move down to pick up and place goods.

其中,避讓槽1412沿豎直方向的深度大於貨叉112的厚度,以使貨叉112可在避讓槽1412內上升或下移,從而實現通過插舉的方式取放貨物。 The depth of the escape groove 1412 in the vertical direction is greater than the thickness of the cargo fork 112 so that the cargo fork 112 can move up or down in the escape groove 1412, thereby realizing the picking and placing of goods by inserting and lifting.

為了避免貨叉112進入避讓槽1412時與避讓槽1412的槽壁之間發生卡滯或碰撞,因此,在本實施例中,避讓槽1412的內底壁上設有導向部,導向部用於對貨叉112沿貨物的進出方向進行導向,以提高貨物進入避讓槽1412內的準確度,從而提高貨物進入避讓槽1412內的導向可靠性。 In order to prevent the fork 112 from getting stuck or colliding with the wall of the escape groove 1412 when it enters the escape groove 1412, in this embodiment, a guide portion is provided on the inner bottom wall of the escape groove 1412, and the guide portion is used for The cargo fork 112 is guided along the incoming and outgoing direction of the goods to improve the accuracy of the goods entering the avoidance groove 1412, thereby improving the guidance reliability of the goods entering the avoidance groove 1412.

在一種可選的實施例中,避讓槽1412的底部為斜面,沿貨叉112的插入方向,斜面的高度從避讓槽1412的內部到貨物進出口依次減小,當貨叉112沿貨物的進出方向插入避讓槽1412內時,斜面可以對貨叉112進行導向,因此,在本實施例中,該斜面可以形成用於為貨叉112導向的導向部,這樣,導向部可以與凹 槽1411一體成型,減少了加工工序,降低了成本。 In an optional embodiment, the bottom of the avoidance groove 1412 is a slope. Along the insertion direction of the cargo fork 112, the height of the slope decreases sequentially from the inside of the avoidance groove 1412 to the cargo entrance and exit. When the cargo fork 112 enters and exits along the cargo fork 112, When the direction is inserted into the avoidance groove 1412, the inclined surface can guide the fork 112. Therefore, in this embodiment, the inclined surface can form a guide portion for guiding the fork 112. In this way, the guide portion can be aligned with the concave surface. The groove 1411 is formed in one piece, which reduces the processing steps and reduces the cost.

在一種可選的實施例中,避讓槽1412可以為沒有底板部分的避讓豁口,豁口兩邊則視為導引部,如此可以增大貨叉112插入的可活動空間,避免避讓槽1412深度不足,夾持部過高,造成貨叉退出時,夾持部干涉貨物而造成貨物置放作業無法完成。 In an optional embodiment, the escape groove 1412 can be an escape gap without a bottom plate, and both sides of the gap are regarded as guide parts. This can increase the movable space for the insertion of the fork 112 and avoid insufficient depth of the escape groove 1412. The clamping part is too high, causing the clamping part to interfere with the cargo when the fork is withdrawn, causing the cargo placement operation to be unable to be completed.

在上述實施例的基礎上,隔板141可以為多個,多個隔板141在支撐架14上沿豎直方向間隔設置,這樣,搬運機器人1可以一次搬運多個貨物,從而提高了搬運機器人1的搬運效率,節省時間。 On the basis of the above embodiment, there may be multiple partitions 141 , and the plurality of partitions 141 are spaced apart in the vertical direction on the support frame 14 . In this way, the transport robot 1 can transport multiple goods at one time, thereby improving the efficiency of the transport robot. 1 handling efficiency, saving time.

圖29為本公開實施例五提供的搬運機器人的第五種結構的俯視示意圖。 Figure 29 is a schematic top view of the fifth structure of the handling robot provided in Embodiment 5 of the present disclosure.

參見圖29,為了進一步避免貨物在隔板141上的位置發生偏移,在本實施例中,隔板141上設有彈性限位件2417,彈性限位件2417用於對放置在隔板141上的貨物進行限位,當彈性限位件2417對貨物進行限位時,彈性限位件2417會受貨物的擠壓變形,從而避免貨物在隔板141上發生偏移。 Referring to Figure 29, in order to further prevent the position of the goods on the partition 141 from shifting, in this embodiment, the partition 141 is provided with an elastic limiter 2417, and the elastic limiter 2417 is used to prevent the goods placed on the partition 141 from shifting. When the elastic limiter 2417 limits the goods, the elastic limiter 2417 will be extruded and deformed by the goods, thereby preventing the goods from shifting on the partition 141 .

在一種可選的實施例中,彈性限位件2417設置在隔板141的內側壁上,當貨物放置在隔板141上時,隔板141內側壁上的彈性限位件2417被貨物擠壓,這樣,貨物與彈性限位件2417之間卡緊,從而避免貨物發生偏移,提高了貨物隨搬運機器人1在移動過程中的穩定可靠性。 In an optional embodiment, the elastic limiter 2417 is provided on the inner wall of the partition 141. When goods are placed on the partition 141, the elastic limiter 2417 on the inner wall of the partition 141 is squeezed by the goods. , In this way, the cargo is clamped with the elastic limiter 2417, thereby preventing the cargo from shifting and improving the stability and reliability of the cargo during movement with the handling robot 1.

其中,彈性限位件2417可以為多個,多個彈性限位件 2417在隔板141的內側壁上間隔排佈,這樣,在避免貨物發生偏移的同時,彈性限位件2417不用覆蓋整個隔板141的內側壁,從而提高經濟性,節約成本。 Among them, there can be multiple elastic limiting parts 2417, and multiple elastic limiting parts 2417 are arranged at intervals on the inner side wall of the partition 141. In this way, while preventing the goods from shifting, the elastic limiting members 2417 do not need to cover the entire inner side wall of the partition 141, thereby improving economy and saving costs.

此外,多個彈性限位件2417可以在隔板141的側壁上沿隔板141的周向等間隔排佈,這樣,各彈性限位件2417在受貨物的擠壓變形程度能夠保持一致,進一步提高了貨物隨搬運機器人1在移動過程中的穩定可靠性。 In addition, a plurality of elastic limiters 2417 can be arranged at equal intervals on the side wall of the partition 141 along the circumferential direction of the partition 141. In this way, the degree of deformation of each elastic limiter 2417 can be kept consistent when being squeezed by the cargo. Further, The stability and reliability of the cargo carrying robot 1 during movement are improved.

在一種可選的實施例中,彈性限位件2417可以為橡膠條,也可以是其他具有彈性的彈性件,對此,本實施例不做具體限制。 In an optional embodiment, the elastic limiting member 2417 may be a rubber strip or other elastic member, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment.

在另一種可選的實施例中,彈性限位件2417也可以包括多個彈簧和襯墊,多個彈簧在隔板141上呈間隔排佈,襯墊鋪設在多個彈簧上,且襯墊位於彈簧靠近貨物的一端,當貨物放置在隔板141上時,襯墊夾設在多個彈簧和貨物之間,這樣,這樣,通過襯墊可以提高彈簧與貨物之間的接觸面積,從而提高彈性限位件2417對貨物的限位可靠性。 In another optional embodiment, the elastic limiting member 2417 may also include multiple springs and pads, the multiple springs are arranged at intervals on the partition 141, the pads are laid on the multiple springs, and the pads Located at one end of the spring close to the cargo, when the cargo is placed on the partition 141, the pad is sandwiched between multiple springs and the cargo. In this way, the contact area between the spring and the cargo can be increased through the pad, thereby improving the The elastic limiter 2417 can limit the cargo reliably.

在本公開中,當隔板141上設有用於放置貨物的凹槽1411時,貨物卡持在該凹槽1411內,另外,彈性限位件2417設置在凹槽1411的槽壁上,這樣,凹槽1411在避免貨物在隨搬運機器人1移動過程中發生偏移的同時,槽壁上的彈性限位件2417會進一步避免貨物與凹槽1411之間發生偏移,從而提高了對貨物的限位可靠性。 In the present disclosure, when the partition 141 is provided with a groove 1411 for placing goods, the goods are clamped in the groove 1411. In addition, the elastic limiter 2417 is provided on the groove wall of the groove 1411. In this way, While the groove 1411 prevents the goods from shifting while moving with the handling robot 1, the elastic limiters 2417 on the groove wall further prevent the goods from shifting from the groove 1411, thus improving the restriction of the goods. reliability.

在具體實現時,隔板141上設有貨物進出口,貨物進出 口與凹槽1411連通,當搬運機器人1上的貨叉112將貨物經貨物進出口放入凹槽1411內時,凹槽1411內壁上的彈性限位件2417與貨物之間卡緊,從而避免貨物在隨搬運機器人1移動時發生偏移;而當貨叉112將貨物從凹槽1411中取出時,貨叉112經貨物進出口插入貨物的底部並舉起,由於貨物與彈性限位件2417之間為彈性卡緊,因此,貨叉112舉起貨物的舉力只要大於彈性限位件2417與貨物之間的摩擦力即可,便可順利的將貨物從凹槽1411中取出,結構簡單,操作方便。 In specific implementation, the partition 141 is provided with a cargo inlet and outlet, and the cargo inlet and outlet are The opening is connected with the groove 1411. When the cargo fork 112 on the handling robot 1 puts the goods into the groove 1411 through the cargo inlet and outlet, the elastic limiter 2417 on the inner wall of the groove 1411 is clamped with the goods, thereby To prevent the goods from shifting when moving with the handling robot 1; and when the cargo fork 112 takes the goods out of the groove 1411, the cargo fork 112 is inserted into the bottom of the goods through the cargo inlet and outlet and lifted up, because the goods and the elastic limiter 2417 There is elastic clamping between them. Therefore, as long as the lifting force of the cargo fork 112 is greater than the friction between the elastic limiter 2417 and the cargo, the cargo can be smoothly taken out of the groove 1411. The structure is simple. , easy to operate.

本公開實施例提供的搬運機器人1,通過在隔板141上設置彈性限位件2417,通過彈性限位件2417對放置在隔板141上的貨物進行限位,從而避免貨物在隨搬運機器人1移動過程中發生偏移,提高了貨物隨搬運機器人1在移動過程中的穩定可靠性。 The handling robot 1 provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an elastic limiter 2417 on the partition 141 , and uses the elastic limiter 2417 to limit the goods placed on the partition 141 , thereby preventing the goods from being moved along with the handling robot 1 The offset occurs during the movement, which improves the stability and reliability of the cargo handling robot 1 during the movement.

實施例六 Embodiment 6

本公開實施例還提供一種倉儲系統,包括上述提供的中轉裝置100和搬運機器人1,其中,中轉裝置100以及搬運機器人1的結構在上述實施例中已進行了詳細說明,在此,不再一一進行贅述。 Embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a warehousing system, including the transfer device 100 and the transfer robot 1 provided above. The structures of the transfer device 100 and the transfer robot 1 have been described in detail in the above embodiments, and will not be explained here. Let’s go over them one by one.

實施例七 Embodiment 7

下面對本公開實施例的應用場景進行解釋:圖30為本公開實施例提供的貨箱運輸方法的一種應用場景圖,如圖30所示,當倉儲系統的倉儲管理設備110接收到訂單任務,如入庫任務、分揀任務、出庫任務等,需要通過倉儲系統的 運輸線120運輸訂單任務中的各個貨物,對於入庫任務,需要通過搬運機器人1將運輸線120上的各個貨物搬運至倉庫貨架的相應庫位;而對於出庫任務或分揀任務,則需要通過運輸線120將各個貨物運輸至操作臺,從而進行各個貨物的分揀或出庫。 The application scenario of the embodiment of the present disclosure is explained below: Figure 30 is an application scenario diagram of the container transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 30, when the warehousing management device 110 of the warehousing system receives an order task, as shown in Inbound tasks, sorting tasks, outbound tasks, etc. need to go through the warehousing system The transportation line 120 transports various goods in the order task. For the warehousing task, each goods on the transportation line 120 needs to be transported to the corresponding storage location of the warehouse shelf through the handling robot 1; for the outbound task or sorting task, it needs to be transported through the transportation robot 1. The line 120 transports each goods to the operation station, so that each goods is sorted or shipped out of the warehouse.

具體地,運輸線120由卸料機121、提升機122和傳送帶組成。當訂單任務為入庫任務時,需要通過傳送帶將入庫任務的各個貨物通過提升機122運輸至卸料機121的各層,進而由搬運機器人1將卸料機121各層放置的貨物搬運至其儲存貨架130的各層,並搬運至各個貨物對應的庫位。而當訂單任務為出庫任務或分揀任務時,則需要搬運機器人1將訂單任務對應的各個貨物從其庫位上搬運至搬運機器人1的儲存貨架131的各層,進而運輸至卸料機121,從而由卸料機121將儲存貨架130的各層的貨物卸載至卸料機121的各層,並通過提升機122將卸料機121各層放置的貨物依次搬運至傳送線組件123,進而通過傳送線組件123依次將各個貨物運輸至操作臺,以完成訂單任務。 Specifically, the transportation line 120 is composed of an unloader 121, an elevator 122 and a conveyor belt. When the order task is a warehousing task, each of the goods of the warehousing task needs to be transported by the conveyor belt to each layer of the unloader 121 through the elevator 122, and then the transport robot 1 will transport the goods placed on each layer of the unloader 121 to its storage shelf 130 on each floor and transport the goods to the corresponding storage location. When the order task is an outgoing task or a sorting task, the handling robot 1 is required to carry each of the goods corresponding to the order task from its storage location to each layer of the storage shelf 131 of the handling robot 1, and then to the unloader 121. Thereby, the unloader 121 unloads the goods on each layer of the storage shelf 130 to each layer of the unloader 121 , and the goods placed on each layer of the unloader 121 are sequentially transported to the conveyor line assembly 123 through the elevator 122 , and then through the conveyor line assembly 123 transports each cargo to the operating station in turn to complete the order task.

現有的卸料機121的每層僅可以放置相同尺寸的貨物,導致不同尺寸的貨物需要通過不同卸料機及其對應的輸送線進行運輸,運輸效率低,成本高。 Each layer of the existing unloader 121 can only place goods of the same size. As a result, goods of different sizes need to be transported through different unloaders and their corresponding conveying lines. The transportation efficiency is low and the cost is high.

為了提高貨物的運輸效率,本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,基於中轉裝置進行貨物運輸,中轉裝置的流利貨架可以放置不同尺寸的貨物,從而可以基於貨物的尺寸資訊,自適應確定其對應的流利貨架的目標層,進而基於該目標層對應的輸送線實現 貨物的運輸。 In order to improve the transportation efficiency of goods, the goods transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is based on the transfer device to transport goods. The fluent shelves of the transfer device can place goods of different sizes, so that the goods can be adaptively determined based on the size information of the goods. The target layer of the corresponding fluent shelf, and then based on the conveyor line corresponding to the target layer. Transportation of goods.

圖31為本公開一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,該貨物運輸方法應用於中轉裝置100,該中轉裝置100用於對搬運機器人1上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,包括流利貨架2,流利貨架2包括支架21以及設置在支架21上的傳送機構22,該傳送機構22為多層,且傳送機構22各層的寬度固定,傳送機構22至少兩層的寬度不同,如圖31所示,該貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 31 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. The cargo transportation method is applied to the transfer device 100. The transfer device 100 is used for the transfer and transportation of cargo when loading or unloading the transport robot 1. , including a fluent shelf 2. The fluent shelf 2 includes a bracket 21 and a transmission mechanism 22 arranged on the bracket 21. The transmission mechanism 22 is multi-layered, and the width of each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 is fixed. The width of at least two layers of the transmission mechanism 22 is different, such as As shown in Figure 31, the cargo transportation method includes the following steps:

步驟S201,得到貨物的尺寸資訊。 Step S201: Obtain the size information of the goods.

其中,貨物可以是任意一種物品,如輪胎、建材等,還可以是倉儲系統提供的料箱,該料箱中可以放置有一個或多個用戶需要倉儲的物品,可以是衣物、化妝品、瓷器等。 Among them, the goods can be any kind of items, such as tires, building materials, etc., or they can be boxes provided by the warehousing system. One or more items that the user needs to store can be placed in the box, which can be clothing, cosmetics, porcelain, etc. .

其中,尺寸資訊可以為貨物的寬度,還可以包括高度或者長度中的一項或兩項。 Among them, the size information can be the width of the goods, and can also include one or both of the height or length.

具體地,可以有上游設備,如倉儲系統的倉庫管理設備,將預先儲存的該貨物的尺寸資訊發送至中轉裝置100。或者中轉裝置100可以實時監測貨物的尺寸資訊,以提高貨物尺寸的準確性。 Specifically, there may be an upstream device, such as a warehouse management device of a warehousing system, that sends the pre-stored size information of the goods to the transfer device 100 . Or the transfer device 100 can monitor the size information of the cargo in real time to improve the accuracy of the cargo size.

進一步地,可以通過中轉裝置100或者倉儲系統其他裝置上設置的掃描件,實時獲取貨物的尺寸資訊。 Furthermore, the size information of the goods can be obtained in real time through the scans provided on the transfer device 100 or other devices in the warehousing system.

進一步地,可以得到設定時間對應的各個貨物的尺寸資訊。該設定時間可以是一個固定的時間段,如10分鐘、1小時或者其他時間段,還可以是一個可以適應性調整的時間段,如可以根據倉儲系統的訂單量確定。 Furthermore, the size information of each cargo corresponding to the set time can be obtained. The set time can be a fixed time period, such as 10 minutes, 1 hour, or other time periods, or it can be an adaptively adjusted time period, for example, it can be determined based on the order volume of the warehousing system.

進一步地,可以得到預設個數的貨物的尺寸資訊,該預設個數可以是傳送機構的層數。 Furthermore, the size information of a preset number of goods can be obtained, and the preset number can be the number of layers of the conveying mechanism.

可選地,當中轉裝置100用於對搬運機器人1進行卸料時,所述尺寸資訊為基於搬運機器人1上設置的第二掃描件獲取的。 Optionally, when the transfer device 100 is used to unload the transport robot 1 , the size information is obtained based on the second scanned document provided on the transport robot 1 .

其中,第二掃描件可以為攝像頭或相機,還可以為超聲感測器、雷射光感測器等感測器,還可以是可以識別貨物碼的掃描設備,該貨物標識碼設置與貨物的預設位置,該貨物標識碼可以為二維碼、條形碼、編碼等任意一種形式。 Among them, the second scanning part can be a camera or camera, or it can be an ultrasonic sensor, a laser sensor, or other sensors, or it can be a scanning device that can identify the cargo code. The cargo identification code is set in accordance with the predetermined location of the cargo. If the location is set, the cargo identification code can be in any form such as QR code, bar code, encoding, etc.

具體地,搬運機器人1在將貨物搬運至其儲存貨架上時,可以基於該第二掃描件對貨物進行掃描,從而獲得該貨物的尺寸資訊,並將該尺寸資訊發送至多層提升機或倉儲系統。 Specifically, when the transport robot 1 transports the goods to its storage shelf, it can scan the goods based on the second scan to obtain the size information of the goods, and send the size information to the multi-layer elevator or storage system. .

步驟S202,根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層。 Step S202: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

其中,目標層是用於運輸該貨物的傳送機構22的某一層。 Wherein, the target layer is a certain layer of the conveying mechanism 22 used to transport the goods.

其中,傳送機構22包括多層,且傳送機構22的至少兩層可以放置尺寸資訊不同的貨物。 The conveying mechanism 22 includes multiple layers, and at least two layers of the conveying mechanism 22 can place goods with different size information.

具體地,可以根據貨物的尺寸資訊,確定與該尺寸資訊匹配的傳送機構22的一層為該目標層。 Specifically, according to the size information of the goods, a layer of the conveying mechanism 22 that matches the size information can be determined as the target layer.

進一步地,當得到多個貨物的尺寸資訊時,可以根據各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層,以便於可以基於所確定的各個目標層進行各個貨物的運輸。 Furthermore, when the size information of multiple goods is obtained, the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to each goods can be determined according to the size information of each goods, so that each goods can be transported based on the determined target layers.

具體地,可以對多個貨物的尺寸資訊進行從大到小排序,基於排序結果以及各個貨物的尺寸資訊,依次確定各個貨物對應的所述傳送機構22的目標層。 Specifically, the size information of multiple goods can be sorted from large to small, and based on the sorting results and the size information of each goods, the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to each goods is determined in turn.

步驟S203,通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Step S203, transport the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22.

具體地,當確定貨物對應的目標層之後,便可以將貨物放置於該傳送機構22的目標層上,進而由該傳送機構22的目標層進行貨物運輸,以完成相應的訂單。 Specifically, after the target layer corresponding to the goods is determined, the goods can be placed on the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22, and then the goods are transported by the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 to complete the corresponding order.

進一步地,當貨物為需要入庫的貨物時,則需要通過傳送機構22目標層將貨物運輸至搬運機器人1的儲存貨架的相應的層,進而由搬運機器人1將該貨物放置與倉儲系統的貨架的相應庫位上。 Furthermore, when the goods need to be stored in the warehouse, the goods need to be transported to the corresponding layer of the storage shelf of the transport robot 1 through the target layer of the transmission mechanism 22, and then the transport robot 1 places the goods on the shelf of the storage system. on the corresponding location.

進一步地,當貨物為需要出庫或進行分揀的貨物時,則需要通過傳送機構22的目標層,將貨物運輸至操作臺,進而進行貨物分揀或出庫。 Furthermore, when the goods need to be shipped out of the warehouse or sorted, the goods need to be transported to the operation station through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22, and then the goods are sorted or shipped out of the warehouse.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,基於多層流利貨架,根據需要運輸的貨物的尺寸資訊,為其匹配相應的運輸線,即匹配流利貨架的傳送機構的目標層,從而通過傳送機構的目標層運輸貨物,以將其運輸至搬運機器人1或操作臺,從而完成相應的入庫、出庫或者分揀任務,實現了多種尺寸貨物的並行運輸,提高了貨物運輸的靈活性以及運輸效率,提高了倉儲系統的訂單處理效率。 The cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is based on multi-layer fluent shelves. According to the size information of the goods that need to be transported, the corresponding transportation line is matched, that is, the target layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf is matched, thereby passing through the target layer of the transmission mechanism. Transport goods to the handling robot 1 or the operating table to complete the corresponding warehousing, outgoing or sorting tasks, realizing parallel transportation of goods of multiple sizes, improving the flexibility of goods transportation and transportation efficiency, and improving warehousing The order processing efficiency of the system.

圖32為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,本實 施例針對的是中轉裝置100對搬運機器人1進行卸料和運輸的情況,該中轉裝置100還包括貨物提升組件3,本實施例是在圖31所示實施例的基礎上,對步驟S201進行進一步細化,以及在步驟S202之後增加,將貨物搬運至目標層的步驟,如圖32所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 32 is a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment is aimed at the situation where the transfer device 100 unloads and transports the handling robot 1. The transfer device 100 also includes a cargo lifting assembly 3. This embodiment is based on the embodiment shown in Figure 31, with the steps S201 is further refined, and after step S202, a step of transporting the goods to the target layer is added. As shown in Figure 32, the goods transportation method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:

步驟S301,基於貨物提升組件3或傳送線組件4上設置的第一掃描件43,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 Step S301: Obtain the size information of the goods based on the first scanning part 43 provided on the goods lifting component 3 or the conveyor line component 4.

其中,貨物提升組件3的貨物出入口與傳送機構22的一端對接。傳送線組件4與貨物提升組件3遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接,以將貨物運輸至貨物提升組件3。第一掃描件43可以是超聲感測器、雷射光感測器、紅外感測器等掃描感測器,或者攝像頭、相機等圖像採集設備。 Among them, the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly 3 is connected with one end of the conveying mechanism 22 . The conveyor line assembly 4 is docked with an end of the cargo lifting assembly 3 away from the cargo entrance and exit to transport the cargo to the cargo lifting assembly 3 . The first scanning element 43 may be a scanning sensor such as an ultrasonic sensor, a laser sensor, an infrared sensor, or an image acquisition device such as a camera or camera.

具體地,當貨物運輸至提升組件3時,提升組件基於其上設置的第一掃描件43對貨物進行掃描,如掃描貨物設置貨物標識碼的位置,從而獲取貨物的尺寸資訊。 Specifically, when the goods are transported to the lifting assembly 3, the lifting assembly scans the goods based on the first scanner 43 provided thereon, such as scanning the position where the goods identification code is set on the goods, thereby obtaining the size information of the goods.

具體地,當貨物需要儲存至倉儲系統的倉庫時,該貨物可以經過操作臺的處理之後,被運輸至傳送線組件4,當運輸至預設範圍時,該預設範圍為傳送件組件4的第一掃描件的掃描區域,基於傳送線組件上設置的第一掃描件43,獲取貨物的尺寸資訊。 Specifically, when the goods need to be stored in the warehouse of the warehousing system, the goods can be processed by the operation station and then transported to the conveyor line assembly 4. When transported to the preset range, the preset range is the conveyor assembly 4 The scanning area of the first scanning part is based on the first scanning part 43 provided on the conveying line assembly to obtain the dimensional information of the goods.

步驟S302,根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層。 Step S302: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

步驟S303,基於所述貨物提升組件,將所述貨物搬運至 傳送機構22的目標層。 Step S303, based on the cargo lifting assembly, transport the cargo to The target layer of the transport mechanism 22.

具體地,當基於第一掃描件43確定貨物的尺寸資訊之後,當該貨物被運輸至貨物提升組件3時,由貨物提升組件3將貨物搬運至傳送機構22的目標層。 Specifically, after the size information of the goods is determined based on the first scan 43 , when the goods are transported to the goods lifting assembly 3 , the goods lifting assembly 3 transports the goods to the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 .

具體地,貨物提升組件3可以包括輸送機構32和升降機構33,當確定目標層之後,基於目標層確定升降機構33的升降指令,以控制升降機構33提升至目標層對應的位置,從而由輸送機構32將放置於其上的貨物搬運至傳送機構22的目標層。 Specifically, the cargo lifting assembly 3 may include a conveying mechanism 32 and a lifting mechanism 33. After the target layer is determined, the lifting instruction of the lifting mechanism 33 is determined based on the target layer to control the lifting mechanism 33 to lift to a position corresponding to the target layer, thereby conveying The mechanism 32 carries the goods placed thereon to the target layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 .

步驟S304,通過傳送機構22的目標層將所述貨物運輸至搬運機器人1。 Step S304, transport the goods to the handling robot 1 through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22.

具體地,搬運機器人1的儲存貨架的各層與傳送機構22的各層對接。進而可以基於傳送機構22的目標層將貨物運輸至搬運機器人1的儲存貨架的相應層。 Specifically, each layer of the storage shelf of the transport robot 1 is connected to each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 . The goods can then be transported to the corresponding layer of the storage shelf of the transport robot 1 based on the target layer of the transfer mechanism 22 .

具體地,搬運機器人1可以移動至傳送機構22相應的位置,如正前方設定距離,進而,由搬運機器人1將傳送機構22的目標層放置的貨物搬運至搬運機器人1的儲存貨架的相應層。 Specifically, the transport robot 1 can move to a corresponding position of the transport mechanism 22 , such as a set distance directly in front, and then the transport robot 1 transports the goods placed on the target layer of the transport mechanism 22 to the corresponding layer of the storage shelf of the transport robot 1 .

在本實施例,針對通過中轉裝置100對搬運機器人1上料的情況,通過中轉裝置100的流利貨架2的傳送機構22或者傳送線組件4上設置的第一掃描件43,自動獲取貨物的尺寸資訊,進而基於該尺寸資訊確定與之匹配的傳送機構22的目標層,通過貨物提升組件3將該貨物搬運至傳送機構22的目標層,通過傳送機構22的目標層將貨物運輸至搬運機器人1,以通過搬運機器人 1完成貨物的入庫,基於可以放置不同尺寸的多層流利貨架2,實現了對不同尺寸的貨物的自適應運輸,提高了貨物運輸的靈活性和效率。 In this embodiment, for the situation where the transfer robot 1 is loaded with materials through the transfer device 100, the goods are automatically acquired through the transfer mechanism 22 of the flow shelf 2 of the transfer device 100 or the first scanning part 43 provided on the transfer line assembly 4. The size information of the conveyor mechanism 22 is determined based on the size information, and the matching target layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 is determined. The goods are transported to the target layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 through the cargo lifting assembly 3, and the goods are transported to the conveyor through the target layer of the conveyor mechanism 22. Robot 1 to pass the handling robot 1. Complete the warehousing of goods. Based on the multi-layer fluent shelves that can place different sizes 2, adaptive transportation of goods of different sizes is realized, improving the flexibility and efficiency of goods transportation.

圖33為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,本實施例是在圖31所示實施例的基礎上,對步驟S203進行進一步細化,如圖33所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,包括以下步驟: Figure 33 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. This embodiment further refines step S203 based on the embodiment shown in Figure 31. As shown in Figure 33, this embodiment The method of transporting goods provided includes the following steps:

步驟S401,得到貨物的尺寸資訊。 Step S401: Obtain the size information of the goods.

步驟S402,根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層。 Step S402: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

步驟S403,確定所述貨物的傳送方向。 Step S403: Determine the transport direction of the goods.

其中,傳送方向可以包括兩個相反的方向,第一方向和第二方向,從而將操作臺出的貨物運輸至搬運機器人1或者將搬運機器人1上的貨物運輸至操作臺,實現對搬運機器人1的上料或卸料。第一方向為對搬運機器人1進行上料時對應的方向,第二方向則為對搬運機器人1進行卸料時對應的方向。 The transmission direction may include two opposite directions, the first direction and the second direction, so as to transport the goods from the operating table to the handling robot 1 or transport the goods on the handling robot 1 to the operating table, thereby realizing the transfer of the handling robot 1 loading or unloading. The first direction is the direction corresponding to the loading of the transport robot 1, and the second direction is the direction corresponding to the unloading of the transport robot 1.

具體地,可以通過傳送線組件4和貨物提升組件3將貨物運輸至流利貨架2以及將流利貨架2上的貨物運輸至操作臺。 Specifically, the goods can be transported to the flow shelf 2 through the conveyor line assembly 4 and the goods lifting assembly 3, and the goods on the flow shelf 2 can be transported to the operation platform.

具體地,可以基於訂單的類型確定貨物的傳送方向,當訂單類型為入庫類型時,則傳送方向為第一方向,而當訂單類型為出庫類型或分揀類型時,傳送方向為第二方向。 Specifically, the transport direction of goods can be determined based on the type of order. When the order type is an inbound type, the transport direction is the first direction, and when the order type is an outbound type or a sorting type, the transport direction is the second direction.

具體地,還可以根據搬運機器人1的狀態參數,確定傳 送方向。如當貨物放置於搬運機器人1的儲存貨架上時,傳送方向為第二方向,而當搬運機器人1的儲存貨架上未放置該貨物時,傳送方向為第一方向。 Specifically, it can also be determined based on the state parameters of the handling robot 1 Send directions. For example, when the goods are placed on the storage shelf of the handling robot 1, the conveying direction is the second direction, and when the goods are not placed on the storage shelf of the handling robot 1, the conveying direction is the first direction.

步驟S404,基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層。 Step S404: Adjust the conveying mechanism 22 or the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 based on the conveying direction.

具體地,當傳送機構22僅整體可調時,即傳送機構22的各層的傳送方向均相同,在確定傳送方向之後,可以基於該傳送方向,調整傳送機構22,以使傳送機構22的各層,包括該目標層,沿該傳送方向進行貨物傳送。 Specifically, when the conveying mechanism 22 is only adjustable as a whole, that is, the conveying direction of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is the same, after determining the conveying direction, the conveying mechanism 22 can be adjusted based on the conveying direction, so that each layer of the conveying mechanism 22, Including the target layer, goods are transported along the transport direction.

具體地,當傳送機構22的各層均可單獨調整,或者至少目標層可單獨調整時,在確定傳送方向之後,可以單獨調整傳送機構22的目標層,從而使得該目標層沿傳送方向進行貨物傳送。其中,目標層對應的傳送方向可以與傳送機構22其餘各層中的至少一個的貨物運輸方向不同。 Specifically, when each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can be adjusted individually, or at least the target layer can be adjusted individually, after the conveying direction is determined, the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can be adjusted individually, so that the target layer can convey goods along the conveying direction. . The transport direction corresponding to the target layer may be different from the cargo transport direction of at least one of the remaining layers of the transport mechanism 22 .

進一步地,當傳送機構22的各層均可單獨調整時,根據運輸需求,傳送機構22的不同層會存在傳送方向不同的情況,從而提高貨物運輸的效率。 Furthermore, when each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can be adjusted individually, different layers of the conveying mechanism 22 may have different conveying directions according to transportation requirements, thereby improving the efficiency of cargo transportation.

可選地,結合圖1、圖6或圖8可知,傳送機構22包括滾動傳送件23,基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,確定滾動傳送件23或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件23的轉動模式,以使滾動傳送件23或所述目標層 對應滾動傳送件23在所述轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動,從而實現沿該傳送方向運輸貨物。 Optionally, as can be seen in conjunction with Fig. 1, Fig. 6 or Fig. 8, the transfer mechanism 22 includes a rolling transfer member 23. Based on the transfer direction, adjusting the transfer mechanism 22 or the target layer of the transfer mechanism 22 includes: based on the transfer direction, Determine the rotation mode of the rolling conveyor 23 or the target layer corresponding to the rolling conveyor 23, so that the rolling conveyor 23 or the target layer The corresponding rolling conveyor 23 rotates around its own rotation axis in the rotation mode, thereby realizing transportation of goods along the conveying direction.

其中,轉動模式包括滾動傳送件23的轉動方向,如順時針轉動或逆時針轉動。 The rotation mode includes the rotation direction of the rolling transmission member 23, such as clockwise rotation or counterclockwise rotation.

具體地,當傳送機構22僅整體可調時,傳送機構22的各層可以僅通過一個滾動傳送件23控制各層貨物的傳送方向,從而使得傳送機構22各層的貨物的傳送方向相同。在確定傳送方向之後,基於該傳送方向,確定滾動傳送件23的轉動模式,以使滾動傳送件23在該轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動,從而使得傳送機構22各層,包括目標層,的貨物運輸方向為該傳送方向。 Specifically, when the conveying mechanism 22 is only fully adjustable, each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can control the conveying direction of the goods on each layer through only one rolling conveyor 23, so that the conveying direction of the goods on each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is the same. After the transmission direction is determined, the rotation mode of the rolling transmission member 23 is determined based on the transmission direction, so that the rolling transmission member 23 rotates around its own rotation axis in this rotation mode, thereby making each layer of the transmission mechanism 22, including the target layer, The direction of cargo transportation is the conveying direction.

具體地,當傳送機構22的各層均可以單獨調整,或者至少目標層可單獨調整時,可以基於該傳送方向,確定目標層對應滾動傳送件23的轉動模式,從而控制目標層對應的滾動傳送件23在該轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動,從而實現傳送機構22的目標層可以沿該傳送方向運輸貨物。 Specifically, when each layer of the transfer mechanism 22 can be adjusted individually, or at least the target layer can be adjusted individually, the rotation mode of the rolling transfer member 23 corresponding to the target layer can be determined based on the transfer direction, thereby controlling the rolling transfer member 23 corresponding to the target layer. 23 rotates around its own rotation axis in this rotation mode, so that the target layer of the transfer mechanism 22 can transport goods along the transfer direction.

步驟S405,通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Step S405, transport the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22.

具體地,在調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層之後,基於調整後的傳送機構22的目標層,沿該傳送方向運輸貨物。其中,目標層的貨物運輸的方向,即該傳送方向,可以與傳送機構22其餘各層中的至少一層的貨物運輸的方向不同。 Specifically, after the conveying mechanism 22 or the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is adjusted, the goods are transported along the conveying direction based on the adjusted target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 . The direction of cargo transportation on the target layer, that is, the transport direction, may be different from the direction of cargo transportation on at least one of the remaining layers of the transport mechanism 22 .

可選地,傳送機構22包括一個調整機構,基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層,包括:基於所 述傳送方向,通過所述調整機構,確定傳送機構22的各層的傾斜角度,以使位於傳送機構22的目標層的貨物產生沿所述傳送方向的分力。其中,該傾斜角度可以為30°、45°或者其他角度。相應的,通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過傾斜的傳送機構22的目標層,運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism 22 includes an adjustment mechanism. Based on the transfer direction, the transfer mechanism 22 or the target layer of the transfer mechanism 22 is adjusted, including: based on the In the conveying direction, the adjustment mechanism determines the inclination angle of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 so that the goods located on the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 generate a component force along the conveying direction. The tilt angle may be 30°, 45° or other angles. Correspondingly, transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 includes: transporting the goods through the target layer of the inclined conveying mechanism 22 .

可選地,結合圖1至圖6可知,傳送機構22包括第一傳送部221和第二傳送部222,基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22或傳送機構22的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,調整傳送機構22的第二傳送部222,以使第二傳送部222的高度大於第一傳送部221的高度,且使第二傳送部222部形成傾斜坡面。相應的,通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過所述目標層對應的第二傳送部222形成的傾斜坡面以及第一傳送部221形成的水平面,運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, as can be seen in conjunction with FIGS. 1 to 6 , the transfer mechanism 22 includes a first transfer part 221 and a second transfer part 222 . Based on the transfer direction, adjusting the transfer mechanism 22 or the target layer of the transfer mechanism 22 includes: based on the transfer direction. According to the conveying direction, the second conveying part 222 of the conveying mechanism 22 is adjusted so that the height of the second conveying part 222 is greater than the height of the first conveying part 221 and the second conveying part 222 forms an inclined slope. Correspondingly, transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 includes transporting the goods through the inclined slope formed by the second conveying part 222 corresponding to the target layer and the horizontal surface formed by the first conveying part 221 .

在本實施例中,流利貨架2的傳送機構22的傳送方向可調,從而使得流利貨架2可以同時處理不同的訂單,以完成貨物的出庫、入庫、分揀等各種類型的貨物運輸任務,提高流利貨架2的貨物運輸能力;當得到需要運輸的貨物的尺寸資訊並基於尺寸資訊確定流利貨架2的傳送機構22的目標層之後,還可以進一步基於貨物的傳送方向,對目標層或者整個傳送機構22進行調整,從而實現該傳送方向的貨物的運輸,使得流利貨架2不僅可以同時處理不同尺寸的貨物的運輸,還可以同時處理不同傳送方向的貨物的運輸,進一步提高了貨物運輸的效率。 In this embodiment, the conveying direction of the conveying mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 is adjustable, so that the fluent shelf 2 can process different orders at the same time to complete various types of cargo transportation tasks such as outgoing, warehousing, and sorting of goods, and improves the efficiency The cargo transportation capacity of the fluent shelf 2; after obtaining the size information of the goods that need to be transported and determining the target layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 based on the size information, the target layer or the entire transmission mechanism can be further determined based on the transmission direction of the goods. 22 is adjusted to realize the transportation of goods in the transmission direction, so that the fluent shelf 2 can not only handle the transportation of goods of different sizes but also the transportation of goods in different transmission directions at the same time, further improving the efficiency of cargo transportation.

圖34為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,本實施例針對流利貨架2的傳送機構22的寬度可調的情況,如圖34所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 34 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. This embodiment is aimed at the case where the width of the transmission mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 is adjustable. As shown in Figure 34, the cargo transportation method provided by this embodiment Includes the following steps:

步驟S501,獲取貨物運輸訂單。 Step S501: Obtain the goods transportation order.

其中,貨物運輸訂單可以是貨物入庫訂單、貨物出庫訂單或者貨物分揀訂單等訂單。貨物入庫訂單為需要將訂單中的各個貨物通過流利貨架2以及搬運機器人1運輸至倉儲系統的倉庫中的訂單,貨物出庫訂單和貨物分揀訂單則分別為需要將訂單中的各個貨物通過搬運機器人1以及流利貨架2運輸至操作臺進行出庫和分揀的訂單。 Among them, the goods transportation order can be a goods warehousing order, a goods outgoing order, or a goods sorting order. The goods inbound order is an order that requires each of the goods in the order to be transported to the warehouse of the warehousing system through the smooth shelf 2 and the handling robot 1. The goods outgoing order and the goods sorting order are respectively required to transport each of the goods in the order through the handling robot. 1 and the fluent shelves 2 transport the orders to the operation station for outbound and sorting.

具體地,可以由倉儲系統的倉庫管理設備生成各個貨物訂單,進而將各個貨物訂單發送至流利貨架2。流利貨架2在獲取各個貨物訂單之後,可以基於該各個貨物訂單得到貨物運輸訂單,該貨物運輸訂單可以包括一個或多個貨物訂單。 Specifically, each goods order can be generated by the warehouse management equipment of the warehousing system, and then each goods order can be sent to the flow shelf 2 . After obtaining each goods order, the flow shelf 2 can obtain a goods transportation order based on each goods order, and the goods transportation order may include one or more goods orders.

進一步地,流利貨架2可以根據各個貨物訂單的訂單等級以及截止時間,得到貨物運輸訂單。如可以優先選擇訂單等級高、截止時間距離當前時間接近的一個或多個貨物訂單為貨物運輸訂單。還可以結合流利貨架2的貨物運輸能力,即流利貨架2上能夠運輸的貨物的數量,基於各個貨物訂單的訂單等級以及截止時間,將一個或多個貨物訂單感組合為一個貨物運輸訂單。 Furthermore, the flow shelf 2 can obtain the goods transportation order according to the order level and deadline of each goods order. For example, one or more cargo orders with high order levels and deadlines close to the current time can be selected as cargo transportation orders. It can also be combined with the cargo transportation capacity of the fluent shelf 2, that is, the number of goods that can be transported on the fluent shelf 2, and based on the order level and deadline of each cargo order, one or more cargo orders can be combined into one cargo transportation order.

示例性地,假設流利貨架2上可以運輸的貨物的數量為10個;貨物訂單A的訂單等級為一級,截止時間為今天下午五點, 需要運輸的貨物為6個;貨物訂單B的訂單等級為三級,截止時間為今天下午三點,需要運輸的貨物為5個;貨物訂單C的訂單等級為三級,截止時間為今天下午三點二十分,需要運輸的貨物為4個;則將貨物訂單B和貨物訂單C確定為貨物運輸訂單。 For example, assume that the number of goods that can be transported on the flow shelf 2 is 10; the order level of the goods order A is level one, and the deadline is 5:00 this afternoon. The number of goods that need to be transported is 6; the order level of goods order B is level three, and the deadline is 3 p.m. today, and the number of goods that need to be transported is 5; the order level of goods order C is level three, and the deadline is 3 p.m. today. At 10:20, the number of goods that need to be transported is 4; then goods order B and goods order C are determined as goods transportation orders.

步驟S502,根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定流利貨架2的傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,以通過傳送機構22的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸。 Step S502: Determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 of the smooth shelf 2 according to the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, so that goods with matching widths can be transported through each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22.

其中,貨物的尺寸資訊可以包括貨物的寬度,還可以包括貨物的高度和長度中的一項或兩項。流利貨架2的傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度可以進行調節,如通過電控方式或機械方式調節。 Among them, the size information of the goods may include the width of the goods, and may also include one or both of the height and length of the goods. The transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 can be adjusted, such as through electronic control or mechanical adjustment.

具體地,可以對貨物運輸訂單中的各個貨物的尺寸資訊進行排序,基於排序結果以及流利貨架2的傳送機構22的層數,確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,從而基於流利貨架2的傳送機構22的每層,運輸每層對應的貨物運輸訂單中的一個或多個貨物。 Specifically, the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order can be sorted, and based on the sorting results and the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2, the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is determined, so that based on the conveying mechanism of the fluent shelf 2 Each layer of 22 transports one or more goods in the cargo transportation order corresponding to each layer.

示例性地,假設貨物運輸訂單中包括100個輪胎,其中,21寸的輪胎25個,19寸的輪胎50個,17寸的輪胎25個,流利貨架2的傳送機構22包括3層,傳送機構22包括3層,則可以將第一層的寬度設置為17寸輪胎所需的寬度,第二層的寬度設置19寸輪胎所需的寬度,第三層設置為21寸輪胎所需的寬度,從而可以基於傳送機構22的3層,同時運輸3中尺寸的輪胎。還可以將第一層的寬度設置為17寸的輪胎所需的寬度,第二層的寬度設置19寸的輪胎所需的寬度,第三層先後設置為21寸的輪胎以及 19寸的輪胎所需的寬度,從而可以基於傳送機構22的第一層運輸25個17寸的輪胎,第二層運輸40個19寸的輪胎,以及由第三層先運輸25個21寸輪胎,再運輸10個19寸的輪胎。 For example, assume that the cargo transportation order includes 100 tires, including 25 21-inch tires, 50 19-inch tires, and 25 17-inch tires. The conveyor mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 includes 3 layers. 22 includes 3 layers, then you can set the width of the first layer to the width required for the 17-inch tire, the width of the second layer to the width required for the 19-inch tire, and the third layer to the width required for the 21-inch tire. Thus, tires of three sizes can be transported simultaneously based on the three layers of the conveying mechanism 22 . You can also set the width of the first layer to the width required for 17-inch tires, the width of the second layer to the width required for 19-inch tires, and the third layer to the width required for 21-inch tires. The required width of 19-inch tires, so that 25 17-inch tires can be transported on the first layer of the conveyor mechanism 22, 40 19-inch tires can be transported on the second layer, and 25 21-inch tires can be transported on the third layer. , and transport 10 19-inch tires.

可選地,在確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,所述方法還包括:基於搬運機器人1,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至流利貨架2的傳送機構22的相應的層;或,基於貨物提升組件3,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至流利貨架2的傳送機構22的相應的層,其中,貨物提升組件3的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構的一端對接;或,基於傳送線組件4以及貨物提升組件3,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至流利貨架2的傳送機構22的相應的層,其中,傳送線組件4與貨物提升組件3遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接。 Optionally, after determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf, the method further includes: based on the handling robot 1, transporting the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transportation orders to the corresponding part of the conveyor mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 or, based on the cargo lifting assembly 3, transport the goods corresponding to each cargo transportation order to the corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the flow shelf 2, where the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly 3 is connected to one end of the transmission mechanism docking; or, based on the transmission line assembly 4 and the cargo lifting assembly 3, transport the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transportation orders to the corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the flow shelf 2, where the transmission line assembly 4 and the cargo lifting assembly 3 The end away from the cargo entrance and exit is docked.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,基於貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,自適應確定流利貨架2的傳送機構22的各層的運輸寬度,從而基於傳送機構22的各層,同時進行貨物運輸訂單中寬度匹配的各個貨物的運輸,使得流利貨架2具備同時運輸不同尺寸的貨物的能力,提高了貨物運輸的效率以及訂單處理的效率。 The cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure adaptively determines the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, so that the cargo transportation order can be processed simultaneously based on each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 The transportation of various goods with matching medium width enables the fluent shelf 2 to have the ability to transport goods of different sizes at the same time, improving the efficiency of goods transportation and order processing.

圖35為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,本實施例是在圖34所示實施例的基礎上,對步驟S501和S502進行進一步細化,以及在步驟S502之後增加傳送機構各層的運輸寬度調整的步驟,如圖35所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法包 括以下步驟: Figure 35 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. This embodiment is based on the embodiment shown in Figure 34, further refines steps S501 and S502, and adds transmission after step S502. The steps for adjusting the transportation width of each layer of the mechanism are as shown in Figure 35. The cargo transportation method provided by this embodiment includes Includes the following steps:

步驟S601,獲取各個第一貨物訂單。 Step S601: Obtain each first goods order.

其中,第一貨物訂單為一個或多個用戶對應的訂單,可以是一個用戶不同時間發送的多個訂單,也可以是多個用戶在一段時間發送的多個訂單。各個第一貨物訂單,可以是同一種貨物的訂單,也可以是不同種貨物的訂單。 The first goods order is an order corresponding to one or more users, which may be multiple orders sent by one user at different times, or may be multiple orders sent by multiple users within a period of time. Each first goods order may be an order for the same type of goods or an order for different types of goods.

具體地,可以獲取倉儲系統當前接收到的需要處理的各個訂單為各個第一貨物訂單。 Specifically, each order currently received by the warehousing system that needs to be processed can be obtained as each first goods order.

可選地,獲取各個第一貨物訂單,包括:按照預設時間間隔,獲取所述預設時間間隔對應的各個第一貨物訂單。其中,預設時間間隔可以為1小時、6小時、12小時、24小時或者其他時間間隔。該預設時間間隔可以基於倉儲系統的歷史每天的訂單量確定。 Optionally, obtaining each first goods order includes: obtaining each first goods order corresponding to the preset time interval according to a preset time interval. The preset time interval can be 1 hour, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours or other time intervals. The preset time interval can be determined based on the historical daily order volume of the warehousing system.

具體地,可以每隔預設時間間隔,便獲取一次倉儲系統當前尚未處理的各個訂單為各個第一貨物訂單。 Specifically, each order that has not yet been processed by the warehousing system can be obtained every preset time interval as each first goods order.

步驟S602,根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單。 Step S602: Determine each of the goods transportation orders based on the quantity of the first goods order and the quantity of goods corresponding to each of the first goods orders.

其中,所述貨物運輸訂單包括一個或多個所述第一貨物訂單。 Wherein, the goods transportation order includes one or more first goods orders.

具體地,可以默認將第一數量的第一貨物訂單組合為一個貨物運輸訂單。或者可以基於每個第一貨物訂單中貨物的數量以及第一貨物訂單的數量,確定各個貨物運輸訂單。 Specifically, the first quantity of first goods orders may be combined into one goods transportation order by default. Or each goods transportation order may be determined based on the quantity of goods in each first goods order and the quantity of the first goods order.

進一步地,可以基於倉儲系統的流利貨架2上能夠同時運輸的貨物的上限值、第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個貨物運輸訂單,以使流利貨架2在其能夠運輸的貨物的上限值之內,盡可能多地運輸貨物,以提高貨物的運輸效率。 Further, each cargo transportation order can be determined based on the upper limit of goods that can be transported simultaneously on the fluent shelf 2 of the warehousing system, the quantity of the first goods order, and the quantity of goods corresponding to each first goods order, so that the fluent shelf 2. Transport as much cargo as possible within the upper limit of the cargo it can transport to improve the efficiency of cargo transportation.

示例性地,倉儲系統當前尚未處理的訂單為3個,分別為訂單A、訂單B和訂單C,其中,訂單A中貨物的數量為12,訂單B中貨物的數量為20,訂單C中貨物的數量為45。倉儲系統的流利貨架2上能夠並行運輸的貨物的總數量為36,則可以將訂單A和訂單B組合為一個貨物運輸訂單,而將訂單C作為另一個貨物運輸訂單。 For example, the warehousing system currently has 3 orders that have not yet been processed, namely order A, order B and order C. Among them, the quantity of goods in order A is 12, the quantity of goods in order B is 20, and the quantity of goods in order C is 20. The quantity is 45. The total number of goods that can be transported in parallel on the fluent shelf 2 of the warehousing system is 36, then order A and order B can be combined into one goods transportation order, and order C can be used as another goods transportation order.

當存在多個貨物運輸訂單時,可以基於貨物運輸訂單的運輸優先級,確定各個貨物運輸訂單的運輸順序,以基於該運輸順序依次運輸各個貨物運輸訂單中的貨物。 When there are multiple cargo transportation orders, the transportation order of each cargo transportation order can be determined based on the transportation priority of the cargo transportation order, so that the goods in each cargo transportation order can be transported sequentially based on the transportation order.

步驟S603,根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級。 Step S603: Determine each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order.

其中,尺寸等級為描述貨物尺寸大小的參數,尺寸等級越高,其對應的貨物的尺寸就越大。 Among them, the size grade is a parameter describing the size of the goods. The higher the size grade, the larger the size of the corresponding goods.

具體地,針對每個貨物運輸訂單,根據貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊確定一個或多個尺寸等級。 Specifically, for each cargo transportation order, one or more size classes are determined based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order.

具體地,針對每個貨物運輸訂單,可以根據該貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的寬度,確定各個尺寸等級。如可以設置各個寬度閾 值,基於各個寬度閾值將貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,劃分為一個或多個尺寸等級。 Specifically, for each cargo transportation order, each size level may be determined according to the width of each cargo in the cargo transportation order. For example, you can set each width threshold Value, the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order is divided into one or more size levels based on each width threshold.

步驟S604,根據各個尺寸等級,確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度。 Step S604: determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 according to each size level.

具體地,可以先確定傳送機構的各層與各個尺寸等級的第一對應關係,進而基於該第一對應關係,確定傳送機構22的各層的運輸寬度。 Specifically, the first corresponding relationship between each layer of the conveying mechanism and each size level can be determined first, and then the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is determined based on the first corresponding relationship.

示例性地,傳送機構高度越高的層對應的尺寸等級越小。即尺寸等級由高到低,依次對應傳送機構22的最低層至最高層。 For example, the layer with a higher height of the conveying mechanism corresponds to a smaller size class. That is, the size levels from high to low correspond to the lowest level to the highest level of the conveying mechanism 22 in order.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級的數量小於傳送機構22的層數時,根據各個尺寸等級,確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,包括:獲取各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量;根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量、尺寸等級的數量、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及傳送機構22的層數,確定傳送機構22的各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, when the number of the size classes is less than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22, determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 according to each size class, including: obtaining the number of goods corresponding to each size class; The corresponding quantity of goods, the number of size classes, the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order and the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 .

具體地,當尺寸等級的數量小於傳送機構22的層數時,即若傳送機構22的每層對應一個尺寸等級,則傳送機構22會存在一層或多層處於空閒狀態,導致傳送機構各層的利用率較低,導致貨物運輸的效率不夠高,因此,需要對一個或多個貨物數量較多的尺寸等級進行拆分,以由傳送機構22的兩層或更多層運輸該尺寸等級的貨物。 Specifically, when the number of size levels is less than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 , that is, if each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponds to a size level, one or more layers of the conveying mechanism 22 will be in an idle state, resulting in poor utilization of each layer of the conveying mechanism. Therefore, one or more size classes with a larger quantity of goods need to be split so that the goods of this size class can be transported by two or more layers of the conveying mechanism 22 .

具體地,計算傳送機構22的層數與尺寸等級的數量的差值,基於該差值、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及各個尺寸 等級對應的貨物的數量,確定需要進行拆分的一個或多個目標尺寸等級,對該一個或多個目標尺寸等級進行拆分,得到各個拆分尺寸等級,其中,各個拆分尺寸等級與未進行拆分的各個尺寸等級的數量之和與傳送機構22的層數相等。基於各個拆分尺寸等級以及未進行拆分的各個尺寸等級,確定傳送機構22的各層的運輸寬度。 Specifically, the difference between the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 and the number of size classes is calculated, based on the difference, the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order, and each size. The quantity of goods corresponding to the grade is determined to determine one or more target size grades that need to be split, and the one or more target size grades are split to obtain each split size grade, in which each split size grade is different from the unfinished The sum of the number of divided size classes is equal to the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 . The transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 is determined based on each split size level and each size level without splitting.

示例性地,貨物運輸訂單對應的尺寸等級為4個等級,尺寸等級1至尺寸等級4對應的貨物的數量依次為:10、10、25和55,傳送機構22為6層。由於尺寸等級4對應的貨物的數量大於四個尺寸等級的貨物數量的平均值,則確定尺寸等級4為目標尺寸等級,將其拆分為3份,即得到3個拆分尺寸等級,分別包括15、20和20個貨物,則根據3個拆分尺寸等級以及未拆分的各個尺寸等級,即尺寸等級1至尺寸等級3,總共6個尺寸等級,分別確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度。 For example, the size levels corresponding to the cargo transportation order are 4 levels, the quantities of goods corresponding to size level 1 to size level 4 are: 10, 10, 25 and 55, and the conveying mechanism 22 has 6 layers. Since the quantity of goods corresponding to size class 4 is greater than the average number of goods in the four size classes, size class 4 is determined as the target size class and split into 3 parts, that is, 3 split size classes are obtained, including For 15, 20 and 20 goods, the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 is determined based on 3 split size classes and each unsplit size class, that is, size class 1 to size class 3, a total of 6 size classes.

步驟S605,根據傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,確定限位組件的限位參數,以基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度以及基於調整後的傳送機構22的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸。 Step S605, determine the limiting parameters of the limiting assembly according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22, so as to adjust the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 based on the limiting parameters and perform width matching based on the adjusted layers of the conveying mechanism 22. Transportation of goods.

其中,限位組件設置在流利貨架2上,用於對流利貨架2的傳送機構22的各層進行寬度調整。限位參數可以包括限位組件的移動距離。 Among them, the limiting component is provided on the flow shelf 2 and is used to adjust the width of each layer of the transmission mechanism 22 of the flow shelf 2 . The limiting parameters may include the movement distance of the limiting component.

具體地,傳送機構22的每層均設置有一個或多個限位組件,以調整每層的寬度為所確定的運輸寬度。 Specifically, each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is provided with one or more limiting components to adjust the width of each layer to the determined transportation width.

具體地,在確定傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度之後,針對傳送機構的每層,可以基於該層確定的運輸寬度以及該層當前的寬度之間的差值,確定限位組件的限位參數,從而基於該限位參數控制限位組件,以將傳送機構22該層的寬度調整為所確定的運輸寬度,從而可以基於該層進行與之寬度匹配的貨物的運輸。 Specifically, after determining the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22, for each layer of the conveying mechanism, the limiting parameter of the limiting component can be determined based on the difference between the determined transportation width of the layer and the current width of the layer, Therefore, the limiting component is controlled based on the limiting parameter to adjust the width of the layer of the conveying mechanism 22 to the determined transportation width, so that goods matching the width of the layer can be transported based on the layer.

可選地,傳送機構22的每層均設置有至少一個限位組件,每一限位組件包括兩個限位件24,兩個限位件24分別位於傳送機構22的相應層的兩側,根據傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,確定所述限位件的限位參數,包括:根據傳送機構22各層的運輸寬度,確定各層對應的至少一個所述限位組件的兩個所述限位件的間距。 Optionally, each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 is provided with at least one limiting component. Each limiting component includes two limiting members 24. The two limiting members 24 are respectively located on both sides of the corresponding layer of the conveying mechanism 22. Determining the limiting parameters of the limiting components according to the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 includes: determining the two limiting components of at least one limiting component corresponding to each layer based on the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 spacing.

可選地,在基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,所述方法還包括:基於掃描件,採集所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的第二尺寸資訊;針對每個貨物,根據所述貨物的第二尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層,以基於所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, after adjusting the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism based on the limit parameter, the method further includes: based on the scan, collecting the second size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order; for each cargo, According to the second size information of the goods, the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods is determined, so as to transport the goods based on the target layer of the conveying mechanism.

其中,掃描件可以為上述第一掃描件43或第二掃描件。第二尺寸資訊為貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物運輸至掃描件的掃描範圍後,基於該掃描件採集的各個貨物的尺寸資訊。 The scanned part may be the above-mentioned first scanned part 43 or the second scanned part. The second size information is the size information of each cargo collected based on the scan after each cargo in the cargo transportation order is transported to the scan range of the scan.

具體地,在貨物運輸之前,基於貨物運輸訂單中的各個貨物的第二尺寸資訊,進行傳送機構22進行運輸寬度的確定以及調整,從而使得調整後傳送機構22的每層用於運輸其對應的各個貨 物。當貨物運輸時,掃描件可以掃描貨物的預設位置,從而基於掃描結果確定各個貨物的第二尺寸資訊,該第二尺寸資訊與尺寸資訊相同,進而基於採集的第二尺寸資訊,確定與該貨物的尺寸匹配的傳送機構22的目標層,從而將該貨物放置於該目標層,以通過傳送機構22的目標層進行貨物運輸。 Specifically, before the goods are transported, the transport mechanism 22 determines and adjusts the transport width based on the second size information of each cargo in the cargo transport order, so that each layer of the adjusted transport mechanism 22 is used to transport its corresponding Each item things. When the goods are transported, the scanned parts can scan the preset position of the goods, thereby determining the second size information of each goods based on the scanning results. The second size information is the same as the size information, and then based on the collected second size information, the second size information of each goods is determined based on the collected second size information. The size of the goods matches the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22, so that the goods are placed on the target layer for transportation of the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22.

進一步地,針對每個貨物還可以基於掃描件,獲取貨物的貨物標識碼,採用該貨物標識碼代替第二尺寸資訊,進行貨物匹配的目標層的確定。 Furthermore, for each cargo, the cargo identification code of the cargo can also be obtained based on the scan, and the cargo identification code is used to replace the second size information to determine the target layer for cargo matching.

在本實施例中,基於倉儲系統接收到的各個第一貨物訂單的數量以及每個第一貨物訂單中貨物的數量,確定流利貨架每次處理的各個貨物運輸訂單;進而針對每個貨物運輸訂單,基於其對應的各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定一個或多個尺寸等級,根據各個尺寸等級確定傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,進而基於各個運輸寬度,確定傳送機構各層對應的限位組件的限位參數,從而將傳送機構的各層的寬度調整為該運輸寬度,以運輸各個貨物運輸訂單中不同尺寸的貨物,實現了基於一個傳送機構同時運輸訂單中不同尺寸的貨物,提高了貨物運輸的效率。 In this embodiment, based on the quantity of each first goods order received by the warehousing system and the quantity of goods in each first goods order, each goods transportation order processed by the smooth shelf is determined; and then for each goods transportation order , based on the corresponding size information of each cargo, determine one or more size levels, determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism based on each size level, and then determine the limit parameters of the limit components corresponding to each layer of the conveyor mechanism based on each transportation width. , thereby adjusting the width of each layer of the transmission mechanism to the transportation width to transport goods of different sizes in each cargo transportation order, realizing the simultaneous transportation of goods of different sizes in the order based on one transmission mechanism, and improving the efficiency of cargo transportation.

圖36為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,針對尺寸等級的數量大於所述傳送機構的層數的情況,本實施例是在圖35所示實施例的基礎上對步驟S604的進一步細化,如圖36所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 36 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. In view of the situation where the number of size classes is greater than the number of layers of the transmission mechanism, this embodiment is based on the embodiment shown in Figure 35. Further refinement of S604, as shown in Figure 36, the cargo transportation method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:

步驟S701,獲取各個第一貨物訂單。 Step S701: Obtain each first goods order.

步驟S702,根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單。 Step S702: Determine each of the goods transportation orders based on the quantity of the first goods order and the quantity of goods corresponding to each of the first goods orders.

步驟S703,根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級。 Step S703: Determine each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order.

步驟S704,當所述尺寸等級的數量大於傳送機構22的層數時,根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級。 Step S704: When the number of the size levels is greater than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22, at least one combined size level is determined based on the number of goods corresponding to each size level.

其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述尺寸等級組成,所述組合尺寸等級對應所述傳送機構的第一預設層。 Wherein, the combined size level consists of at least two of the size levels, and the combined size level corresponds to the first preset layer of the conveying mechanism.

具體地,可以將尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量最少的至少兩個尺寸等級,組合為至少一個組合尺寸等級。 Specifically, at least two size classes with the smallest number of goods corresponding to the size classes can be combined into at least one combined size class.

示例性地,當尺寸等級的數量為3個,分別為L1、L2和L3,L1對應的貨物數量為18個,L2對應的貨物數量為80個,L3對應的貨物數量為42個,傳送機構22為2層,則可以將貨物數量較少的L1和L3組合為一個組合尺寸等級,從而使得傳送機構22的一層運輸L2對應的80個貨物,而傳送機構22的另一層運輸L1和L2對應的60個貨物。 For example, when the number of size levels is 3, respectively L1, L2 and L3, the number of goods corresponding to L1 is 18, the number of goods corresponding to L2 is 80, and the number of goods corresponding to L3 is 42, the conveyor mechanism 22 is 2 layers, then L1 and L3 with a small number of goods can be combined into a combined size level, so that one layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 transports 80 goods corresponding to L2, while the other layer of the conveyor mechanism 22 transports L1 and L2 corresponding of 60 goods.

具體地,可以根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量以及數量閾值,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級。 Specifically, at least one combined size level may be determined based on the quantity of goods corresponding to each size level and the quantity threshold.

其中,數量閾值可以是自定義的數值,還可以是根據傳送機構22的各層對應的運輸數量上限確定的值。 The quantity threshold may be a customized value, or may be a value determined based on the upper limit of the transportation quantity corresponding to each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 .

具體地,各個組合尺寸等級對應的貨物數量與該數量閾 值的差值應盡可能接近0,以提高貨物運輸訂單中貨物運輸的效率。 Specifically, the quantity of goods corresponding to each combination size level is the same as the quantity threshold. The difference in values should be as close to 0 as possible to improve the efficiency of cargo transportation in cargo transportation orders.

具體地,可以根據尺寸等級的數量與傳送機構22的層數的差值,以及各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級。 Specifically, at least one combined size level can be determined based on the difference between the number of size levels and the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 and the number of goods corresponding to each size level.

進一步地,可以根據尺寸等級的數量與傳送機構22的層數的差值確定組合尺寸等級的數量,基於各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量確定每個組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級。 Further, the number of combined size levels may be determined based on the difference between the number of size levels and the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 , and each size level corresponding to each combined size level may be determined based on the number of goods corresponding to each size level.

可選地,圖37為本公開圖36所示實施例中步驟S704的流程圖,如圖37所示,步驟S704包括以下步驟: Optionally, Figure 37 is a flow chart of step S704 in the embodiment shown in Figure 36 of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 37, step S704 includes the following steps:

步驟S7041,根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量與預設數量的第一比值,將各個所述尺寸等級劃分為第一尺寸等級和第二尺寸等級。 Step S7041: Classify each size level into a first size level and a second size level based on the first ratio between the quantity of goods corresponding to each size level and the preset quantity.

其中,所述預設數量為所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量與傳送機構22的層數的比值,所述第一尺寸等級對應的比值大於或等於1,所述第二尺寸等級對應的比值小於1。 Wherein, the preset quantity is the ratio of the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order to the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 , the ratio corresponding to the first size level is greater than or equal to 1, and the ratio corresponding to the second size level The ratio is less than 1.

具體地,第一比值為傳送機構22每層運輸的貨物的數量的平均值,第一尺寸等級為貨物數量大於或等於每層運輸的平均值的尺寸等級,而第二尺寸等級則為貨物數量小於每層運輸的平均值的尺寸等級。 Specifically, the first ratio is the average number of goods transported by the conveying mechanism 22 on each layer, the first size class is the size class in which the number of goods is greater than or equal to the average number of goods transported on each layer, and the second size class is the number of goods. A size class that is less than the average for each layer shipped.

示例性地,假設傳送機構為5層,貨物運輸訂單中輪胎的總數量為100,則每層運輸的輪胎的數量的平均值為20,17寸輪胎的數量為10個,19寸輪胎的數量為30個,則17寸為上述第 二尺寸等級,19寸則為上述第一尺寸等級。 For example, assuming that the conveyor mechanism has 5 layers and the total number of tires in the cargo transportation order is 100, the average number of tires transported on each layer is 20, the number of 17-inch tires is 10, and the number of 19-inch tires is 30, then 17 inches is the above-mentioned number There are two size classes, and 19 inches is the first size class mentioned above.

步驟S7042,根據所述傳送機構22的層數和第一數量的第一差值,確定第二數量。 Step S7042: Determine the second quantity based on the first difference between the number of layers of the transport mechanism 22 and the first quantity.

其中,所述第一數量為所述第一尺寸等級的數量,所述第一差值至少為1。 Wherein, the first number is the number of the first size level, and the first difference is at least 1.

具體地,當每個第一尺寸等級對應傳送機構22的一層時,第二數量為傳送機構22除去第一尺寸等級對應的各層之後剩餘的層數。 Specifically, when each first size level corresponds to one layer of the conveying mechanism 22, the second number is the number of layers remaining after the conveying mechanism 22 removes each layer corresponding to the first size level.

步驟S7043,根據所述第二數量以及所述第二尺寸等級的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級。 Step S7043: Determine at least one combined size level based on the second number and the number of the second size levels.

其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述第二尺寸等級組成。 Wherein, the combined size class consists of at least two of the second size classes.

示例性地,假設第二數量為2,第二尺寸等級的數量為3,在可以將3個尺寸等級中數量較少的兩個第二尺寸等級確定為一個組合尺寸等級,剩餘的1個第二尺寸等級則無需進行組合。 For example, assuming that the second quantity is 2 and the number of second size classes is 3, the two second size classes with smaller numbers among the three size classes can be determined as a combined size class, and the remaining 1th size class can be determined as a combined size class. There is no need to combine the second size class.

步驟S705,針對每個組合尺寸等級,根據所述組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構的所述組合尺寸等級對應的第一預設層的至少兩個運輸寬度。 Step S705: For each combined size level, determine at least two transportation widths of the first preset layer corresponding to the combined size level of the conveying mechanism according to each size level corresponding to the combined size level.

其中,所述第一預設層寬度匹配的貨物為相應的所述組合尺寸等級對應的貨物。 Wherein, the goods whose width matches the first preset layer are goods corresponding to the corresponding combined size level.

具體地,由於組合尺寸等級包括至少兩個尺寸等級,因此,傳送機構22與組合尺寸等級對應的層需要運輸至少兩個尺寸等的 貨物,其運輸寬度至少為兩個。 Specifically, since the combined size level includes at least two size levels, the conveying mechanism 22 and the layer corresponding to the combined size level need to transport at least two sizes, etc. Goods, the transport width of which is at least two.

進一步地,為了減少傳送機構22的寬度調整次數,針對每個組合尺寸等級,可以按照設定的運輸順序,依次運輸組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級的貨物。即當組合尺寸等級的上一尺寸等級的各個貨物運輸之後方進行下一尺寸等級的各個貨物的運輸。具體地,可以先運輸尺寸較大的尺寸等級。 Furthermore, in order to reduce the number of width adjustments of the conveying mechanism 22, for each combined size level, the goods of each size level corresponding to the combined size level can be transported in sequence according to the set transportation sequence. That is, after combining the goods of the previous size class for transportation, the goods of the next size class can be transported. Specifically, larger size classes may be shipped first.

步驟S706,針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,確定所述尺寸等級對應的所述傳送機構的至少一個第二預設層。 Step S706: For each size level except the combined size level, determine at least one second preset layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the size level.

步驟S707,針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,根據所述尺寸等級,確定至少一個第二預設層的運輸寬度。 Step S707: For each size level except the combined size level, determine the transportation width of at least one second preset layer according to the size level.

步驟S708,通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸。 Step S708: Carry out transportation of goods with matching width through each layer of the conveying mechanism.

在本實施例中,針對尺寸等級多於傳送機構22的層數時的情況,基於各個尺寸等級對應的貨物數量、傳送機構22的層數與尺寸等級的數量的差值等因素,綜合確定各個組合尺寸等級,以將貨物數量較少的尺寸等級進行組合,從而使得傳送機構22的各層得以運輸均勻數量的貨物,進一步提高貨物運輸訂單的運輸效率。 In this embodiment, for the situation when the size level is more than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22, based on factors such as the number of goods corresponding to each size level, the difference between the number of layers of the conveying mechanism 22 and the number of size levels, each item is comprehensively determined. The size classes are combined to combine the size classes with a smaller quantity of goods, so that each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 can transport an even quantity of goods, further improving the transportation efficiency of the goods transportation order.

圖38為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法可以由流利貨架2執行,如圖 38所示,該貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 38 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. The cargo transportation method provided by this embodiment can be executed by the fluent shelf 2, as shown in Figure As shown in Figure 38, the cargo transportation method includes the following steps:

步驟S901,基於流利貨架2沿傳送方向運輸貨物。 Step S901: Transport the goods along the conveying direction based on the flow shelf 2.

其中,傳送方向可以是第一方向或第二方向,其中,第一方向和第二方向為相反的兩個方向,第一方向為對搬運機器人1進行上料時對應的方向,第二方向則為對搬運機器人1進行卸料時對應的方向。 The conveying direction may be a first direction or a second direction, where the first direction and the second direction are two opposite directions. The first direction is the corresponding direction when loading the transport robot 1, and the second direction is is the corresponding direction when unloading the transport robot 1.

結合圖8和圖9可知,該流利貨架2包括支架21、設置在支架21上的傳送機構22以及校正裝置27,各個部件的位置和連接關係詳見圖8和圖9對應的實施例的描述,在此不再贅述。 As can be seen from Figures 8 and 9, the flow shelf 2 includes a bracket 21, a transmission mechanism 22 provided on the bracket 21, and a correction device 27. The positions and connection relationships of each component are detailed in the description of the corresponding embodiments in Figures 8 and 9. , which will not be described in detail here.

具體地,基於流利貨架2沿傳送方向運輸貨物,包括:基於流利貨架2的傳送機構22沿第一方向或第二方向運輸各個貨物。 Specifically, transporting goods along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf 2 includes: transporting each goods along the first direction or the second direction based on the conveying mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 .

進一步地,流利貨架2的傳送機構22可以為多層,每層的傳送方向可以不同,每層可以運輸多個貨物,相鄰貨物之間保持預設安全間距。相應的,基於流利貨架2沿傳送方向運輸貨物,包括:基於流利貨架2的傳送機構22的各層,沿各層對應的傳送方向運輸各層對應的各個貨物。 Furthermore, the conveying mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2 can be multi-layered, and the conveying direction of each layer can be different. Each layer can transport multiple goods, and a preset safety distance is maintained between adjacent goods. Correspondingly, transporting goods along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf 2 includes: based on each layer of the conveying mechanism 22 of the fluent shelf 2, transporting the respective goods corresponding to each layer along the corresponding conveying direction of each layer.

可選地,傳送機構22包括滾動傳送件23,滾動傳送件23具有與貨物滾動接觸的外輪廓面。相應的,基於流利貨架2沿傳送方向運輸貨物,包括:基於滾動傳送件23繞自身的轉動軸線轉動的方式,沿所述傳送方向運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism 22 includes a rolling transfer member 23, which has an outer contour surface that is in rolling contact with the goods. Correspondingly, transporting goods along the conveying direction based on the fluent shelf 2 includes: transporting the goods along the conveying direction based on the rotation of the rolling conveyor 23 around its own rotation axis.

步驟S902,當流利貨架2的傳送機構22上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,基於校正裝置27對所述貨物進行位置校正。 Step S902: When the goods on the conveyor mechanism 22 of the flow shelf 2 are transported to the preset area, the position of the goods is corrected based on the correction device 27.

其中,預設區域可以是校正裝置對應的工作區域。位置校正可以是將貨物調整為居中狀態,還可以是將貨物的朝向或位姿調整為默認朝向或默認位姿。 The preset area may be a working area corresponding to the correction device. Position correction can be to adjust the cargo to a centered state, or to adjust the orientation or posture of the cargo to the default orientation or posture.

具體地,校正裝置27還可以在該預設區域內移動,以對預設區域內的貨物進行位置校正。校正裝置27可以為多個,在傳送機構22的傳送方向均勻間隔設置。 Specifically, the correction device 27 can also move within the preset area to perform position correction on the goods within the preset area. There may be a plurality of correction devices 27 , which are evenly spaced in the conveying direction of the conveying mechanism 22 .

具體地,在預設區域設置貨物檢測感測器,以檢測預設區域是否存在貨物,當存在時,基於校正裝置27對貨物進行位置校正。 Specifically, a cargo detection sensor is provided in the preset area to detect whether there is cargo in the preset area. When there is a cargo, the position of the cargo is corrected based on the correction device 27 .

可選地,結合圖8和圖9可知,該校正裝置27包括位於所述傳送方向的兩側且相對設置的兩個夾持結構271。相應的,對所述貨物進行位置校正,包括:基於兩個所述夾持結構271,按照預設模式夾持所述貨物,以使所述貨物沿垂直於所述傳送方向上居中。 Optionally, as can be seen from FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 , the correction device 27 includes two clamping structures 271 located on both sides of the conveying direction and arranged oppositely. Correspondingly, correcting the position of the goods includes: clamping the goods according to a preset pattern based on the two clamping structures 271 so that the goods are centered perpendicular to the conveying direction.

可選地,夾持結構271為弧形結構或直板結構。 Optionally, the clamping structure 271 is an arc structure or a straight structure.

進一步地,當傳送機構22的某一層正在運輸的貨物的數量超過預設數值時,則控制傳送機構22停止該層的傳送,進而,基於校正裝置27對該層的各個貨物進行位置校正,校正完成之後,控制傳送機構22的該層繼續沿其對應的傳送方向運輸其對應的各個貨物。 Further, when the number of goods being transported on a certain layer of the conveying mechanism 22 exceeds a preset value, the conveying mechanism 22 is controlled to stop the conveying of this layer, and further, based on the correction device 27, the position of each goods on this layer is corrected. After completion, the layer controlling the conveying mechanism 22 continues to transport its corresponding respective goods along its corresponding conveying direction.

可選地,對所述貨物進行位置校正,包括:獲取的所述貨物的位置資訊;根據所述位置資訊,對所述貨物進行位置校正。 Optionally, performing position correction on the goods includes: obtaining position information of the goods; performing position correction on the goods according to the position information.

具體地,可以基於圖像感測器,獲取貨物預設點的位置資訊。其中,預設點可以是貨物的中心點、上表面的中心點、上表面對應的四個頂點等,圖像感測器可以是攝像頭、2D相機、3D相機或者其他圖像感測器。 Specifically, the location information of the preset point of the goods can be obtained based on the image sensor. The preset point may be the center point of the cargo, the center point of the upper surface, the four corresponding vertices of the upper surface, etc. The image sensor may be a camera, a 2D camera, a 3D camera or other image sensors.

具體地,通過採集貨物的實時位置資訊,進而基於該位置資訊判斷貨物是否處於偏移狀態,若是,則基於校正裝置27對貨物進行位置校正。 Specifically, the real-time position information of the goods is collected, and then it is determined whether the goods are in an offset state based on the position information. If so, the position of the goods is corrected based on the correction device 27 .

通過對貨物實時位置的檢測,避免了對未發生偏移的貨物進行校正,降低了校正成本。 By detecting the real-time position of goods, correction of goods that have not shifted has been avoided and correction costs have been reduced.

本公開實施例提供的貨物運輸方法,針對基於流利貨架進行貨物運輸的情況,當流利貨架的傳送機構上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,通過流利貨架上設置的校正裝置對貨物進行位置校正,實現了運輸中的貨物的位置校正,提高了貨物運輸的安全性。 The cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is aimed at the situation of cargo transportation based on the fluent shelf. When the goods on the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf are transported to the preset area, the position of the goods is corrected through the correction device provided on the fluent shelf. The position correction of goods during transportation is realized and the safety of goods transportation is improved.

圖39為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸方法的流程圖,本實施例是在圖38所示實施例的基礎上,對步驟S902進行進一步細化,以及在步驟S902之前增加控制傳送機構22停止傳送的步驟,如圖39所示,本實施例提供的貨物運輸方法包括以下步驟: Figure 39 is a flow chart of a cargo transportation method provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. This embodiment further refines step S902 based on the embodiment shown in Figure 38, and adds a control transmission mechanism before step S902. 22. Stop the transmission step. As shown in Figure 39, the cargo transportation method provided by this embodiment includes the following steps:

步驟S1001,基於流利貨架22沿傳送方向運輸貨物。 Step S1001: Transport the goods along the conveying direction based on the flow shelf 22.

步驟S1002,確定傳送機構2每層正在運輸的貨物的數 量。 Step S1002, determine the number of goods being transported on each floor of the conveyor mechanism 2 quantity.

具體地,可以在傳送機構2沿傳送方向的兩端,記錄每層正在運輸的貨物的數量。 Specifically, the quantity of goods being transported on each layer can be recorded at both ends of the transport mechanism 2 along the transport direction.

步驟S1003,針對傳送機構22的每層,若當前層處於預設區域的貨物的數量大於1,則控制當前層對應的滾動傳送件23停止轉動。 Step S1003, for each layer of the transmission mechanism 22, if the number of goods in the current layer in the preset area is greater than 1, control the rolling transmission member 23 corresponding to the current layer to stop rotating.

具體地,當滾動傳送件23停止轉動時,當前層上的各個貨物便停止運輸。 Specifically, when the rolling conveyor 23 stops rotating, each cargo on the current layer stops being transported.

步驟S1004,針對每個當前層的每個貨物,控制兩個夾持結構271由各自的默認位置進行相對運動,直至夾持所述貨物,以使所述貨物沿垂直於所述傳送方向上居中。 Step S1004, for each cargo of each current layer, control the two clamping structures 271 to perform relative movement from their respective default positions until the cargo is clamped, so that the cargo is centered perpendicular to the conveying direction. .

步驟S1005,當夾持所述貨物預設時間後,控制兩個所述夾持結構移動至默認位置。 Step S1005: After clamping the goods for a preset time, control the two clamping structures to move to a default position.

在本實施例中,當傳送機構22的當前層運輸的貨物的數量為多個時,則控制當前層對應的滾動傳送件23停止轉動,以暫停當前層貨物的運輸,並控制兩個夾持結構271對當前層的各個貨物進行夾持校正,從而實現當前層的各個貨物的居中校正,校正完畢之後,當前層繼續進行貨物運輸,當某一層運輸的貨物為多個時,暫停貨物運輸,對各個貨物進行校正,提高了校正過程的安全性以及校正的準確度。 In this embodiment, when the number of goods transported by the current layer of the transmission mechanism 22 is multiple, the rolling transmission member 23 corresponding to the current layer is controlled to stop rotating, so as to suspend the transportation of the goods of the current layer, and control the two clamping The structure 271 clamps and corrects each cargo on the current layer, thereby realizing the centering correction of each cargo on the current layer. After the correction is completed, the current layer continues to transport cargo. When there are multiple cargos transported on a certain layer, the cargo transport is suspended. Calibrating individual cargoes improves the safety of the calibration process and the accuracy of the calibration.

圖40為本公開一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置的結構示意圖,如圖40所示,該貨物運輸裝置包括:第一尺寸獲取模組1110、 第一層級確定模組1120和第一貨物運輸模組1130。 Figure 40 is a schematic structural diagram of a cargo transportation device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 40, the cargo transportation device includes: a first size acquisition module 1110, The first level determines the module 1120 and the first cargo transportation module 1130 .

其中,第一尺寸獲取模組1110,用於得到貨物的尺寸資訊;第一層級確定模組1120,用於根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構的目標層;第一貨物運輸模組1130,用於通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Among them, the first size acquisition module 1110 is used to obtain the size information of the goods; the first level determination module 1120 is used to determine the target layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the goods based on the size information; the first goods transportation Module 1130 for transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,所述中轉裝置還包括貨物提升組件,所述貨物提升組件的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構的一端對接,所述裝置還包括:目標層搬運模組,用於在根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層之後,基於所述貨物提升組件,將所述貨物搬運至所述傳送機構的目標層。 Optionally, the transfer device further includes a cargo lifting assembly, the cargo inlet and outlet of the cargo lifting assembly is docked with one end of the transfer mechanism, and the device further includes: a target layer handling module, configured to carry out cargo transportation according to the After determining the target layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the goods based on the size information, the goods are transported to the target layer of the conveying mechanism based on the goods lifting assembly.

可選地,第一尺寸獲取模組1110,具體用於:基於貨物提升組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 Optionally, the first size acquisition module 1110 is specifically configured to acquire the size information of the cargo based on the first scan provided on the cargo lifting assembly.

可選地,所述中轉裝置還包括傳送線組件,所述傳送線組件與所述貨物提升組件遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接,以將所述貨物運輸至所述貨物提升組件,第一尺寸獲取模組1110,具體用於:基於傳送線組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 Optionally, the transfer device further includes a transmission line assembly, which is docked with an end of the cargo lifting assembly away from the cargo entrance and exit to transport the cargo to the cargo lifting assembly, and the first The size acquisition module 1110 is specifically used to acquire the size information of the goods based on the first scan set on the transmission line assembly.

可選地,所述尺寸資訊為基於搬運機器人上設置的第二掃描件獲取的。 Optionally, the size information is obtained based on the second scanned piece provided on the handling robot.

可選地,第一貨物運輸模組1130,包括:方向確定單元,用於確定所述貨物的傳送方向;調整單元,用於基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層;第一運輸單元, 用於通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the first cargo transport module 1130 includes: a direction determination unit, used to determine the transport direction of the cargo; and an adjustment unit, used to adjust the transport mechanism or the transport mechanism based on the transport direction. Target layer; first transport unit, For transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括調整機構,調整單元,具體用於:基於所述傳送方向,通過所述調整機構,確定所述傳送機構的各層的傾斜角度,以使位於所述傳送機構的目標層的貨物產生沿所述傳送方向的分力。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes an adjustment mechanism, an adjustment unit specifically configured to: based on the transfer direction, determine the inclination angle of each layer of the transfer mechanism through the adjustment mechanism, so that the The goods on the target layer generate a force component along the conveying direction.

相應的,第一貨物運輸模組1130,具體用於:通過傾斜的所述傳送機構的目標層,運輸所述貨物。 Correspondingly, the first cargo transport module 1130 is specifically used to transport the cargo through the inclined target layer of the transmission mechanism.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括第一傳送部和第二傳送部,調整單元,具體用於:基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構的第二傳送部,以使所述第二傳送部的高度大於所述第一傳送部的高度,且使所述第二傳送部形成傾斜坡面。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes a first transfer part and a second transfer part, and an adjustment unit is specifically configured to: adjust the second transfer part of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction, so that the second transfer part The height of the first transmission part is greater than the height of the first transmission part, and the second transmission part forms an inclined slope.

相應的,第一貨物運輸模組1130,具體用於:通過所述目標層對應的所述第二傳送部形成的傾斜坡面以及所述第一傳送部形成的水平面,運輸所述貨物。 Correspondingly, the first cargo transport module 1130 is specifically configured to transport the cargo through the inclined slope formed by the second conveying part corresponding to the target layer and the horizontal plane formed by the first conveying part.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括滾動傳送件,調整單元,具體用於:基於所述傳送方向,確定所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件的轉動模式,以使所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件在所述轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes a rolling transfer member and an adjustment unit specifically configured to: based on the transfer direction, determine the rotation mode of the rolling transfer member or the target layer corresponding to the rolling transfer member, so that the rolling transfer member The transfer member or the rolling transfer member corresponding to the target layer rotates around its own rotation axis in the rotation mode.

本實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置可執行本公開圖31至圖33對應的任意實施例所提供的貨物運輸方法,具備執行方法相應的功能模組和有益效果。 The cargo transportation device provided by this embodiment can execute the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to Figures 31 to 33 of the present disclosure, and has functional modules and beneficial effects corresponding to the execution method.

圖41為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置,如圖 41所示,該貨物運輸裝置包括:訂單獲取模組1210和運輸寬度確定模組1220。 Figure 41 is a cargo transport device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in 41, the cargo transportation device includes: an order acquisition module 1210 and a transportation width determination module 1220.

其中,訂單獲取模組1210,用於獲取貨物運輸訂單;運輸寬度確定模組1220,用於根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,以通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的各個貨物的運輸。 Among them, the order acquisition module 1210 is used to obtain the cargo transportation order; the transportation width determination module 1220 is used to determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, so as to pass Each layer of the conveyor mechanism transports individual goods with matching widths.

可選地,運輸寬度確定模組1220,包括:尺寸等級確定單元,用於根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的尺寸資訊,確定各個尺寸等級;運輸寬度確定單元,用於根據各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, the transportation width determination module 1220 includes: a size level determination unit, used to determine each size level based on the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order; a transportation width determination unit, used to determine each size level based on each size level, Determine the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級的數量小於所述傳送機構的層數時,運輸寬度確定單元,具體用於:獲取各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量;根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量、尺寸等級的數量、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及所述傳送機構的層數,確定所述傳送機構的各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, when the number of the size classes is less than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, the transportation width determination unit is specifically used to: obtain the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class; according to the number of goods corresponding to each size class, The number of size classes, the total quantity of goods in the goods transport order and the number of layers of the conveyor mechanism determine the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級的數量大於所述傳送機構的層數時,運輸寬度確定單元,包括:組合等級確定子單元,用於根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級,其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述尺寸等級組成,所述組合尺寸等級對應所述傳送機構的第一預設層;組合寬度確定子單元,用於針對每個組合尺寸等級,根據所述組合尺寸等級對應的各個尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構的所述組合尺寸等級對應的第一預設 層的至少兩個運輸寬度,其中,所述第一預設層寬度匹配的貨物為相應的所述組合尺寸等級對應的貨物。 Optionally, when the number of the size levels is greater than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, the transportation width determination unit includes: a combination level determination subunit, used to determine at least one combination according to the number of goods corresponding to each size level. Size level, wherein the combined size level is composed of at least two of the size levels, and the combined size level corresponds to the first preset layer of the conveying mechanism; the combination width determination subunit is used for each combination size Level, according to each size level corresponding to the combined size level, determine the first preset corresponding to the combined size level of the transmission mechanism At least two transport widths of the layer, wherein the goods matching the first preset layer width are goods corresponding to the corresponding combined size level.

可選地,當所述尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量大於預設值時,所述裝置還包括:第二預設層確定模組,用於針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的各個所述尺寸等級,確定所述尺寸等級對應的所述傳送機構的至少一個第二預設層。 Optionally, when the quantity of goods corresponding to the size class is greater than a preset value, the device further includes: a second preset layer determination module for each of the goods except the combined size class. The size level determines at least one second preset layer of the conveying mechanism corresponding to the size level.

相應的,運輸寬度確定單元,還用於:針對除所述組合尺寸等級之外的所述尺寸等級,根據所述尺寸等級,確定至少一個第二預設層的運輸寬度。 Correspondingly, the transportation width determining unit is further configured to: for the size class other than the combined size class, determine the transportation width of at least one second preset layer according to the size class.

可選地,尺寸等級確定單元,具體用於:根據各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量與預設數量的第一比值,將各個所述尺寸等級劃分為第一尺寸等級和第二尺寸等級,其中,所述預設數量為所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量與所述傳送機構的層數的比值,所述第一尺寸等級對應的比值大於或等於1,所述第二尺寸等級對應的比值小於1;根據所述傳送機構的層數和第一數量的第一差值,確定第二數量,其中,所述第一數量為所述第一尺寸等級的數量,所述第一差值至少為1;根據所述第二數量以及所述第二尺寸等級的數量,確定至少一個組合尺寸等級,其中,所述組合尺寸等級由至少兩個所述第二尺寸等級組成。 Optionally, the size level determination unit is specifically configured to: divide each size level into a first size level and a second size level according to a first ratio between the quantity of goods corresponding to each size level and the preset quantity, wherein , the preset quantity is the ratio of the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order to the number of layers of the transmission mechanism, the ratio corresponding to the first size level is greater than or equal to 1, and the ratio corresponding to the second size level The ratio is less than 1; the second quantity is determined according to the first difference between the number of layers of the transmission mechanism and the first quantity, wherein the first quantity is the number of the first size level, and the first difference At least 1; according to the second number and the number of the second size classes, at least one combined size class is determined, wherein the combined size class consists of at least two second size classes.

可選地,所述流利貨架還包括限位組件,所述裝置還包括:傳送機構調整模組,用於在確定傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,根據所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,確定所述限位組件的限位參數, 以基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, the fluent shelf further includes a limiting component, and the device further includes: a transmission mechanism adjustment module for determining the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism according to the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism. Describe the limit parameters of the limit component, The transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism is adjusted based on the limit parameter.

可選地,所述傳送機構的每層均設置有至少一個所述限位組件,每一所述限位組件包括兩個限位件,兩個所述限位件分別位於所述傳送機構的相應層的兩側,傳送機構調整模組,具體用於:在確定傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,根據所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,確定各層對應的至少一個所述限位組件的兩個所述限位件的間距,以基於兩個所述限位件的間距調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度。 Optionally, each layer of the conveying mechanism is provided with at least one limiting assembly, and each limiting assembly includes two limiting pieces, and the two limiting pieces are respectively located on the sides of the conveying mechanism. On both sides of the corresponding layer, the transmission mechanism adjustment module is specifically used: after determining the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism, according to the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism, determine two of the at least one limiting component corresponding to each layer. The spacing between the limiting members is used to adjust the transportation width of each layer of the conveying mechanism based on the spacing between the two limiting members.

可選地,獲取貨物運輸訂單,包括:獲取各個第一貨物訂單;根據所述第一貨物訂單的數量以及各個所述第一貨物訂單對應的貨物的數量,確定各個所述貨物運輸訂單,其中,所述貨物運輸訂單包括一個或多個所述第一貨物訂單。 Optionally, obtaining the goods transportation order includes: obtaining each first goods order; and determining each of the goods transportation orders according to the quantity of the first goods order and the quantity of goods corresponding to each first goods order, wherein , the goods transportation order includes one or more first goods orders.

可選地,訂單獲取模組1210,具體用於:按照預設時間間隔,獲取所述預設時間間隔對應的各個第一貨物訂單。 Optionally, the order acquisition module 1210 is specifically configured to acquire each first goods order corresponding to the preset time interval according to the preset time interval.

可選地,所述裝置還包括:第二貨物運輸模組,用於在確定流利貨架的傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,基於搬運機器人,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層;或,基於貨物提升組件,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層,其中,所述貨物提升組件的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構的一端對接;或,基於傳送線組件以及貨物提升組件,將各個所述貨物運輸訂單對應 的貨物運輸至所述流利貨架的傳送機構的相應的層,其中,所述傳送線組件與所述貨物提升組件遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接。 Optionally, the device further includes: a second cargo transport module, configured to transport the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transport orders to the said cargo transport order based on the handling robot after determining the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism of the fluent shelf. The corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf; or, based on the cargo lifting assembly, transport the goods corresponding to each of the cargo transportation orders to the corresponding layer of the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf, wherein the goods of the cargo lifting assembly The entrance and exit are connected to one end of the conveyor mechanism; or, based on the conveyor line assembly and the cargo lifting assembly, each cargo transportation order is correspondingly The goods are transported to the corresponding layer of the conveying mechanism of the fluent shelf, wherein the conveying line assembly is docked with an end of the cargo lifting assembly away from the cargo entrance and exit.

可選地,所述裝置還包括:目標層確定模組,用於在基於所述限位參數調整傳送機構各層的運輸寬度之後,基於掃描件,採集所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的第二尺寸資訊;針對每個貨物,根據所述貨物的第二尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層,以基於所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the device further includes: a target layer determination module, configured to collect the second layer of each cargo in the cargo transportation order based on the scanned data after adjusting the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism based on the limit parameter. Size information; for each cargo, determine the target layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the cargo according to the second size information of the cargo, so as to transport the cargo based on the target layer of the transmission mechanism.

本實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置可執行本公開圖34至圖37對應的任意實施例所提供的貨物運輸方法,具備執行方法相應的功能模組和有益效果。 The cargo transportation device provided by this embodiment can execute the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to Figures 34 to 37 of this disclosure, and has functional modules and beneficial effects corresponding to the execution method.

圖42為本公開另一個實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置的結構示意圖,如圖42所示,該貨物運輸裝置包括:貨物運輸模組1310和貨物校正模組1320。 Figure 42 is a schematic structural diagram of a cargo transport device provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 42, the cargo transport device includes: a cargo transport module 1310 and a cargo correction module 1320.

其中,貨物運輸模組1310,用於基於流利貨架沿傳送方向運輸貨物;貨物校正模組1320,用於當所述流利貨架的所述傳送機構上的貨物運輸至預設區域時,對所述貨物進行位置校正。 Among them, the cargo transportation module 1310 is used to transport goods along the transmission direction based on the fluent shelf; the cargo correction module 1320 is used to correct the cargo when the goods on the transmission mechanism of the fluent shelf are transported to the preset area. Cargo position correction.

可選地,所述校正裝置包括位於所述傳送方向的兩側且相對設置的兩個夾持結構,貨物校正模組1320,具體用於:基於兩個所述夾持結構,按照預設模式夾持所述貨物,以使所述貨物沿垂直於所述傳送方向上居中。 Optionally, the correction device includes two clamping structures located on both sides of the conveying direction and arranged oppositely. The cargo correction module 1320 is specifically used to: based on the two clamping structures, according to a preset mode The goods are clamped so that the goods are centered perpendicular to the conveying direction.

可選地,所述夾持結構為弧形結構或直板結構。 Optionally, the clamping structure is an arc structure or a straight structure.

可選地,所述傳送機構包括滾動傳送件,所述滾動傳送件 具有與所述貨物滾動接觸的外輪廓面,貨物運輸模組1310,具體用於:基於所述滾動傳送件繞自身的轉動軸線轉動的方式,沿所述傳送方向運輸所述貨物。 Optionally, the transfer mechanism includes a rolling transfer member, and the rolling transfer member Having an outer contour surface that is in rolling contact with the goods, the goods transport module 1310 is specifically used to transport the goods along the transmission direction based on the rotation of the rolling transmission member around its own rotation axis.

可選地,所述傳送機構為多層,所述裝置還包括:傳送暫停模組,用於在對所述貨物進行位置校正之前,確定所述傳送機構每層正在運輸的貨物的數量;針對傳送機構的每層,若當前層處於預設區域的貨物的數量大於1,則控制當前層對應的所述滾動傳送件停止轉動,以對當前層的各個所述貨物進行位置校正。 Optionally, the conveying mechanism is multi-layered, and the device further includes: a conveying pause module for determining the quantity of goods being transported on each layer of the conveying mechanism before position correction is performed on the goods; for conveying For each layer of the mechanism, if the number of goods in the preset area on the current layer is greater than 1, the rolling transmission member corresponding to the current layer is controlled to stop rotating to perform position correction for each of the goods on the current layer.

可選地,貨物校正模組1320,具體用於:控制兩個所述夾持結構由各自的默認位置進行相對運動,直至夾持所述貨物;當夾持所述貨物預設時間後,控制兩個所述夾持結構移動至默認位置。 Optionally, the cargo correction module 1320 is specifically used to: control the relative movement of the two clamping structures from their respective default positions until the cargo is clamped; after the cargo is clamped for a preset time, control The two clamping structures are moved to the default position.

可選地,貨物校正模組1320,具體用於:獲取的所述貨物的位置資訊;根據所述位置資訊,對所述貨物進行位置校正。 Optionally, the cargo correction module 1320 is specifically configured to: obtain the position information of the cargo; and perform position correction on the cargo according to the position information.

本實施例提供的貨物運輸裝置可執行本公開圖9至圖10對應的任意實施例所提供的貨物運輸方法,具備執行方法相應的功能模組和有益效果。 The cargo transportation device provided by this embodiment can execute the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to Figures 9 to 10 of the present disclosure, and has functional modules and beneficial effects corresponding to the execution method.

圖43為本公開另一個實施例提供的流利貨架的結構示意圖,如圖43所示,該流利貨架2包括傳送機構22以及第二主控單元1410。 Figure 43 is a schematic structural diagram of a fluent shelf provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 43, the fluent shelf 2 includes a transmission mechanism 22 and a second main control unit 1410.

其中,第二主控單元1410用於本公開圖34至圖37對應的實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 Among them, the second main control unit 1410 is used for the cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment corresponding to FIGS. 34 to 37 of this disclosure.

圖44為本公開另一個實施例提供的流利貨架的結構示意圖,如圖44所示,該流利貨架2包括傳送機構22以及第三主控單元1510。 Figure 44 is a schematic structural diagram of a fluent shelf provided by another embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 44, the fluent shelf 2 includes a transmission mechanism 22 and a third main control unit 1510.

其中,第三主控單元1510用於本公開圖38至圖39對應的實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 Among them, the third main control unit 1510 is used for the cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment corresponding to FIGS. 38 to 39 of this disclosure.

圖45為本公開一個實施例提供的中轉裝置的結構示意圖,該中轉裝置於倉儲系統中上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,如圖45所示,該中轉裝置100包括流利貨架2和第一主控單元1610。 Figure 45 is a schematic structural diagram of a transfer device provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. The transfer device transfers and transports goods when loading or unloading materials in the warehousing system. As shown in Figure 45, the transfer device 100 includes a fluent Shelf 2 and the first main control unit 1610.

其中,第一主控單元1610用於生成控制信號,以基於所述控制信號以及流利貨架2實現本公開圖31至圖33對應的實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 Among them, the first main control unit 1610 is used to generate a control signal to implement the cargo transportation method provided by the embodiment corresponding to FIGS. 31 to 33 of the present disclosure based on the control signal and the flow shelf 2 .

本公開一個實施例還提供了一種中轉裝置,該貨物提升組件3以及中轉裝置包括本公開圖43或圖44所示實施例提供的流利貨架。 An embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a transfer device. The cargo lifting assembly 3 and the transfer device include the fluent shelf provided by the embodiment shown in Figure 43 or Figure 44 of the present disclosure.

本公開一個實施例還提供一種倉儲系統,該倉儲系統包括倉儲貨架以及本公開任意實施例提供的中轉裝置100或任意實施例提供的流利貨架2。 An embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a storage system, which includes storage shelves and the transfer device 100 provided by any embodiment of the present disclosure or the flow shelf 2 provided by any embodiment.

圖46為本公開一個實施例提供的倉儲系統的結構示意圖,如圖46所示,該倉儲系統包括流利貨架2和至少一個處理器1710,流利貨架2包括多層的傳送機構22;所述至少一個處理器1710用於執行本公開圖34至圖37對應的任意實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 Figure 46 is a schematic structural diagram of a storage system provided by an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in Figure 46, the storage system includes a fluent shelf 2 and at least one processor 1710. The fluent shelf 2 includes a multi-layer transmission mechanism 22; the at least one The processor 1710 is configured to execute the cargo transportation method provided by any embodiment corresponding to FIG. 34 to FIG. 37 of this disclosure.

本公開一個實施例提供一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,其上儲存有計算機程式,計算機程式被處理器執行以實現本公開圖31至圖39所對應的實施例中任一實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 One embodiment of the present disclosure provides a computer-readable storage medium with a computer program stored thereon. The computer program is executed by a processor to implement the cargo transportation method provided in any one of the embodiments corresponding to Figures 31 to 39 of the present disclosure. .

其中,計算機可讀儲存媒體可以是(Read-Only Memory,簡稱ROM)、隨機存取記憶體(Random Access Memory,簡稱RAM)、(Compact Disc-Read-Only Memory,簡稱CD-ROM)、磁帶、軟碟和光數據儲存設備等。 Among them, the computer-readable storage media can be (Read-Only Memory, referred to as ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, referred to as RAM), (Compact Disc-Read-Only Memory, referred to as CD-ROM), magnetic tape, Floppy disks and optical data storage devices, etc.

本公開還提供一種程式產品,該程式產品包括可執行指令,該可執行指令儲存在可讀儲存媒體中。倉儲系統、流利貨架或中轉裝置的至少一個處理器可以從可讀儲存媒體讀取該執行指令,至少一個處理器執行該執行指令使得貨物運輸裝置實施本公開圖31至圖39所對應的實施例中任一實施例提供的貨物運輸方法。 The present disclosure also provides a program product, the program product includes executable instructions, and the executable instructions are stored in a readable storage medium. At least one processor of the warehousing system, the flow shelf or the transfer device can read the execution instruction from the readable storage medium, and the at least one processor executes the execution instruction so that the cargo transportation device implements the implementation corresponding to Figures 31 to 39 of the present disclosure. The cargo transportation method provided by any of the examples.

在本公開所提供的幾個實施例中,應該理解到,所揭露的設備和方法,可以通過其它的方式實現。例如,以上所描述的設備實施例僅僅是示意性的,例如,所述模組的劃分,僅僅為一種邏輯功能劃分,實際實現時可以有另外的劃分方式,例如多個模組可以結合或者可以整合到另一個系統,或一些特徵可以忽略,或不執行。另一點,所顯示或討論的相互之間的耦合或直接耦合或通訊連接可以是通過一些介面,裝置或模組的間接耦合或通訊連接,可以是電性,機械或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided in this disclosure, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules may be combined or Integration into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作為分離部件說明的模組可以是或者也可以不是物理上分開的,作為模組顯示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理單 元,即可以位於一個地方,或者也可以分佈到多個網路單元上。可以根據實際的需要選擇其中的部分或者全部模組來實現本實施例方案的目的。 The modules described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components shown as modules may or may not be physically unitary. unit, which can be located in one place, or it can be distributed across multiple network units. Some or all of the modules can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本公開各個實施例中的各功能模組可以集成在一個處理單元中,也可以是各個模組單獨物理存在,也可以兩個或兩個以上模組整合在一個單元中。上述模組成的單元既可以採用硬體的形式實現,也可以採用硬體加軟體功能單元的形式實現。 In addition, each functional module in various embodiments of the present disclosure can be integrated into a processing unit, or each module can exist physically alone, or two or more modules can be integrated into one unit. The units composed of the above modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.

上述以軟體功能模組的形式實現的整合的模組,可以儲存在一個計算機可讀取儲存媒體中。上述軟體功能模組儲存在一個儲存媒體中,包括若干指令用以使得一台計算機設備(可以是個人計算機,伺服器,或者網路設備等)或處理器(英文:processor)執行本公開各個實施例所述方法的部分步驟。 The above-mentioned integrated modules implemented in the form of software function modules can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The above-mentioned software function module is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to cause a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor (English: processor) to execute various implementations of the present disclosure. Some steps of the method described in the example.

應理解,上述處理器可以是中央處理單元(Central Processing Unit,簡稱CPU),還可以是其他通用處理器、數位訊號處理器(Digital Signal Processor,簡稱DSP)、特殊應用積體電路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,簡稱ASIC)等。通用處理器可以是微處理器或者該處理器也可以是任何常規的處理器等。結合發明所公開的方法的步驟可以直接體現為硬體處理器執行完成,或者用處理器中的硬體及軟體模組組合執行完成。 It should be understood that the above-mentioned processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, referred to as DSP), or application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit). Circuit, referred to as ASIC), etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in the invention can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

儲存器可能包含高速RAM儲存器,也可能還包括非揮發性儲存(Non-volatile Memory,簡稱NVM),例如至少一個磁碟儲存器,還可以為隨身碟、移動硬碟、唯讀記憶體、磁碟或光碟等。 The storage may include high-speed RAM storage, or may also include non-volatile memory (NVM), such as at least one disk storage, and may also be a pen drive, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory, Disk or CD, etc.

匯流排可以是工業標準結構(Industry Standard Architecture,簡稱ISA)匯流排、週邊設備互連(Peripheral Component Interconnect,簡稱PCI)匯流排或擴展工業標準結構(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,簡稱EISA)匯流排等。匯流排可以分為地址匯流排、數據匯流排、控制匯流排等。為便於表示,本公開附圖中的匯流排並不限定僅有一根匯流排或一種類型的匯流排。 The bus may be an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus, a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus, etc. Buses can be divided into address buses, data buses, control buses, etc. For ease of presentation, the busbars in the drawings of this disclosure are not limited to only one busbar or one type of busbar.

上述儲存媒體可以是由任何類型的揮發性或非揮發性儲存設備或者它們的組合實現,如靜態隨機存取記憶體(Static Random-Access Memory,簡稱SRAM),電可抹除可程式唯讀記憶體(Electrically-Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,簡稱EEPROM),可抹除可程式唯讀記憶體(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,簡稱EPROM),可程式唯讀記憶體(Programmable Read-Only Memory,簡稱PROM),唯讀記憶體(ROM),磁儲存器,快閃記憶體,磁碟或光碟。儲存媒體可以是通用或專用計算機能夠存取的任何可用媒體。 The above storage media can be implemented by any type of volatile or non-volatile storage device or their combination, such as Static Random-Access Memory (SRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory Electronically-Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM for short), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM for short), Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM for short) PROM), read-only memory (ROM), magnetic storage, flash memory, magnetic disk or optical disk. Storage media can be any available media that can be accessed by a general purpose or special purpose computer.

一種示例性的儲存媒體耦合至處理器,從而使處理器能夠從該儲存媒體讀取資訊,且可向該儲存媒體寫入資訊。當然,儲存媒體也可以是處理器的組成部分。處理器和儲存媒體可以位於特殊應用積體電路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,簡稱ASIC)中。當然,處理器和儲存媒體也可以作為分立組件存在於電子設備或主控設備中。 An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs). Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in an electronic device or a host control device.

本領域普通技術人員可以理解:實現上述各方法實施例的全部或部分步驟可以通過程式指令相關的硬體來完成。前述的程式可以儲存於一計算機可讀取儲存媒體中。該程式在執行時,執行包括上述各方法實施例的步驟;而前述的儲存媒體包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光碟等各種可以儲存程式代碼的媒體。 Persons of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps to implement the above method embodiments can be completed through program instructions and related hardware. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, the steps including the above-mentioned method embodiments are executed; and the aforementioned storage media includes: ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, optical disks and other media that can store program codes.

本說明書中各實施例或實施方式採用遞進的方式描述,每個實施例重點說明的都是與其他實施例的不同之處,各個實施例之間相同相似部分相互參見即可。 Each embodiment or implementation mode in this specification is described in a progressive manner. Each embodiment focuses on its differences from other embodiments. The same and similar parts between various embodiments can be referred to each other.

在本說明書的描述中,參考術語“一個實施方式”、“一些實施方式”、“示意性實施方式”、“示例”、“具體示例”、或“一些示例”等的描述意指結合實施方式或示例描述的具體特徵、結構、材料或者特點包含於本公開的至少一個實施方式或示例中。在本說明書中,對上述術語的示意性表述不一定指的是相同的實施方式或示例。而且,描述的具體特徵、結構、材料或者特點可以在任何的一個或多個實施方式或示例中以合適的方式結合。 In the description of this specification, reference to the description of the terms "one embodiment," "some embodiments," "illustrative embodiments," "examples," "specific examples," or "some examples" or the like is intended to be in conjunction with the description of the embodiments. or examples describe specific features, structures, materials, or characteristics that are included in at least one embodiment or example of the present disclosure. In this specification, schematic representations of the above terms do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or example. Furthermore, the specific features, structures, materials or characteristics described may be combined in any suitable manner in any one or more embodiments or examples.

最後應說明的是:以上各實施例僅用以說明本公開的技術方案,而非對其限制;儘管參照前述各實施例對本公開進行了詳細的說明,本領域的普通技術人員應當理解:其依然可以對前述各實施例所記載的技術方案進行修改,或者對其中部分或者全部技術特徵進行等同替換;而這些修改或者替換,並不使相應技術方案的本質脫離本公開各實施例技術方案的範圍。 Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solution of the present disclosure, but not to limit it; although the present disclosure has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments can still be modified, or some or all of the technical features can be equivalently replaced; and these modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the essence of the corresponding technical solutions from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure. Scope.

S201:得到貨物的尺寸資訊 S201: Get the size information of the goods

S202:根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構22的目標層 S202: Determine the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22 corresponding to the goods according to the size information.

S203:通過傳送機構22的目標層運輸所述貨物 S203: Transport the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism 22

Claims (14)

一種貨物運輸方法,其特徵在於,所述方法應用於中轉裝置,所述中轉裝置包括流利貨架,所述流利貨架包括支架和設置在所述支架上的傳送機構,所述傳送機構為多層,所述方法包括:獲取貨物運輸訂單;得到貨物的尺寸資訊;根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層;通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物;根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的所述尺寸資訊,確定各個貨物的尺寸等級;根據所述各個貨物的尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,以通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸;當所述尺寸等級的數量小於所述傳送機構的層數時,根據所述各個貨物的尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度包括:獲取各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量;根據所述各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量、所述尺寸等級的數量、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及所述傳送機構的層數,確定所述傳送機構的各層的運輸寬度。 A method of transporting goods, characterized in that the method is applied to a transfer device, the transfer device includes a fluent shelf, the fluent shelf includes a bracket and a transmission mechanism arranged on the bracket, the transmission mechanism is multi-layered , the method includes: obtaining a goods transportation order; obtaining size information of the goods; determining the target layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the goods according to the size information; transporting the goods through the target layer of the transmission mechanism; According to the size information of each cargo in the cargo transportation order, the size grade of each cargo is determined; according to the size grade of each cargo, the transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism is determined to carry out transportation through each layer of the transmission mechanism. Transportation of goods with matching widths; when the number of the size classes is less than the number of layers of the conveyor mechanism, determining the transport width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism according to the size class of each cargo includes: obtaining the transport width corresponding to each size class The quantity of goods; according to the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class, the quantity of the size class, the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order and the number of layers of the transmission mechanism, determine the number of each layer of the transmission mechanism. Shipping width. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述中轉裝置還包括貨物提升組件,所述貨物提升組件的貨物出入口與所述傳送機構 的一端對接,在根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的所述傳送機構的目標層之後,所述方法還包括:基於所述貨物提升組件,將所述貨物搬運至所述傳送機構的目標層。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the transfer device further includes a cargo lifting assembly, and the cargo entrance and exit of the cargo lifting assembly are in contact with the transfer mechanism. After docking at one end of the conveyor mechanism based on the size information, the method further includes: transporting the cargo to the conveyor mechanism based on the cargo lifting assembly. target layer. 如請求項2所述的方法,其中,得到貨物的貨物尺寸,包括:基於貨物提升組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 The method of claim 2, wherein obtaining the cargo size of the cargo includes: obtaining the size information of the cargo based on the first scan set on the cargo lifting component. 如請求項2所述的方法,其中,所述中轉裝置還包括傳送線組件,所述傳送線組件與所述貨物提升組件遠離所述貨物出入口的一端對接,以將所述貨物運輸至所述貨物提升組件,得到貨物的貨物尺寸,包括:基於傳送線組件上設置的第一掃描件,獲取所述貨物的尺寸資訊。 The method according to claim 2, wherein the transfer device further includes a conveyor line assembly, the conveyor line assembly is docked with an end of the cargo lifting assembly away from the cargo entrance and exit, so as to transport the cargo to the destination. The cargo lifting assembly obtains the cargo size of the cargo, including: obtaining the size information of the cargo based on the first scan provided on the conveyor line assembly. 如請求項1所述的方法,其中,所述尺寸資訊為基於搬運機器人上設置的第二掃描件獲取的。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the size information is obtained based on a second scan set on the handling robot. 如請求項1-5任一項所述的方法,其中,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:確定所述貨物的傳送方向;基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層;通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物。 The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein transporting the goods through the target layer of the transport mechanism includes: determining the transport direction of the goods; adjusting the transport mechanism based on the transport direction or the target layer of the conveyor mechanism; the goods are transported through the target layer of the conveyor mechanism. 如請求項6所述的方法,其中,所述傳送機構包括調整機構,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,通過所述調整機構,確定所述傳送機構的各層的傾斜角度,以使位於所述傳送機構的目標層的貨物產生沿所述傳送方向的分力;相應的,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過傾斜的所述傳送機構的目標層,運輸所述貨物。 The method of claim 6, wherein the transfer mechanism includes an adjustment mechanism, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: based on the transfer direction, through the The adjustment mechanism determines the inclination angle of each layer of the transmission mechanism so that the goods located on the target layer of the transmission mechanism generate a component force along the transmission direction; accordingly, the goods are transported through the target layer of the transmission mechanism. The goods include: transporting the goods through the inclined target layer of the conveyor mechanism. 如請求項6所述的方法,其中,所述傳送機構包括第一傳送部和第二傳送部,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構的第二傳送部,以使所述第二傳送部的高度大於所述第一傳送部的高度,且使所述第二傳送部形成傾斜坡面;相應的,通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物,包括:通過所述目標層對應的所述第二傳送部形成的傾斜坡面以及所述第一傳送部形成的水平面,運輸所述貨物。 The method of claim 6, wherein the transfer mechanism includes a first transfer part and a second transfer part, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: based on the transfer direction. In the conveying direction, adjust the second conveying part of the conveying mechanism so that the height of the second conveying part is greater than the height of the first conveying part, and the second conveying part forms an inclined slope; correspondingly , transporting the goods through the target layer of the conveying mechanism includes: transporting the goods through an inclined slope formed by the second conveying part corresponding to the target layer and a horizontal surface formed by the first conveying part. 如請求項6所述的方法,其中,所述傳送機構包括滾動傳送件,基於所述傳送方向,調整所述傳送機構或所述傳送機構的目標層,包括:基於所述傳送方向,確定所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應滾動傳送件的轉動模式,以使所述滾動傳送件或所述目標層對應 滾動傳送件在所述轉動模式下繞自身的轉動軸線轉動。 The method of claim 6, wherein the transfer mechanism includes a rolling transfer member, and adjusting the transfer mechanism or the target layer of the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction includes: determining the transfer mechanism based on the transfer direction. The rolling conveyor or the target layer corresponds to the rotation mode of the rolling conveyor, so that the rolling conveyor or the target layer corresponds to The rolling conveyor rotates about its own axis of rotation in said rotation mode. 一種貨物運輸裝置,其特徵在於,包括:訂單獲取模組,用於獲取貨物運輸訂單;第一尺寸獲取模組,用於得到貨物的尺寸資訊;第一層級確定模組,用於根據所述尺寸資訊,確定所述貨物對應的傳送機構的目標層;第一貨物運輸模組,用於通過所述傳送機構的目標層運輸所述貨物;尺寸等級確定單元,用於根據所述貨物運輸訂單中各個貨物的所述尺寸資訊,確定各個貨物的尺寸等級;以及運輸寬度確定單元,用於根據所述各個貨物的尺寸等級,確定所述傳送機構各層的運輸寬度,以通過所述傳送機構的各層進行寬度匹配的貨物的運輸;當所述尺寸等級的數量小於所述傳送機構的層數時,所述運輸寬度確定單元用於:獲取各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量;根據所述各個尺寸等級對應的貨物的數量、所述尺寸等級的數量、所述貨物運輸訂單中貨物的總數量以及所述傳送機構的層數,確定所述傳送機構的各層的運輸寬度。 A cargo transportation device, characterized in that it includes: an order acquisition module, used to acquire cargo transportation orders; a first size acquisition module, used to obtain the size information of the cargo; a first level determination module, used according to the Size information is used to determine the target layer of the transmission mechanism corresponding to the goods; a first cargo transportation module is used to transport the goods through the target layer of the transmission mechanism; a size level determination unit is used to transport the goods according to the order The size information of each cargo in the cargo is used to determine the size grade of each cargo; and a transportation width determination unit is used to determine the transportation width of each layer of the conveyor mechanism according to the size grade of each cargo to pass the conveyor mechanism. Each layer transports goods with matching widths; when the number of the size classes is less than the number of layers of the conveying mechanism, the transportation width determination unit is used to: obtain the quantity of goods corresponding to each size class; according to each size The transportation width of each layer of the transmission mechanism is determined by the quantity of goods corresponding to the grade, the quantity of the size grade, the total quantity of goods in the goods transportation order, and the number of layers of the transmission mechanism. 一種中轉裝置,其特徵在於,用於倉儲系統中上料或者卸料時貨物的中轉運輸,所述中轉裝置包括流利貨架和第一主控單元;其中,所述流利貨架包括支架和設置在所述支架上的傳送機 構,所述傳送機構為多層;所述第一主控單元用於生成控制信號,以基於所述控制信號以及所述流利貨架實現請求項1-9任一項所述的貨物運輸方法。 A transfer device, characterized in that it is used for the transfer and transportation of goods during loading or unloading in a warehousing system. The transfer device includes a fluent shelf and a first main control unit; wherein the fluent shelf includes a bracket and a Conveyor mounted on said support The transmission mechanism is multi-layered; the first main control unit is configured to generate a control signal to implement the cargo transportation method described in any one of claims 1-9 based on the control signal and the fluent shelf. 一種倉儲系統,其特徵在於,包括倉儲貨架和請求項11所述的中轉裝置。 A storage system, characterized by including storage shelves and the transfer device described in claim 11. 一種計算機可讀儲存媒體,其特徵在於,所述計算機可讀儲存媒體中儲存有計算機執行指令,當處理器執行所述計算機執行指令時,實現如請求項1-9任一項所述的貨物運輸方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer-executable instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the processor executes the computer-executable instructions, the goods described in any one of claims 1-9 are realized. Shipping method. 一種計算機程式產品,其特徵在於,包括計算機程式,所述計算機程式被處理器執行時實現如請求項1-9任一項所述的貨物運輸方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that it includes a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the cargo transportation method described in any one of claims 1-9.
TW111104624A 2021-02-09 2022-02-08 Goods transporting method and apparatus, transfer apparatus, warehousing system, storage medium and computer product TWI834117B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110178253.8 2021-02-09
CN202110180433.X 2021-02-09
CN202110178254.2A CN112896895B (en) 2021-02-09 2021-02-09 Cargo transportation method and device, transfer device, warehousing system and storage medium
CN202110180433.XA CN112896896A (en) 2021-02-09 2021-02-09 Goods transportation method and device, fluent goods shelf, transfer device and storage system
CN202110178254.2 2021-02-09
CN202110178253.8A CN112896894B (en) 2021-02-09 2021-02-09 Goods transportation method, device, fluent goods shelf, warehousing system and storage medium
CN202110672049.1A CN113306938B (en) 2021-06-17 2021-06-17 Cargo transportation method and device, transfer device, warehousing system and storage medium
CN202110672049.1 2021-06-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202237509A TW202237509A (en) 2022-10-01
TWI834117B true TWI834117B (en) 2024-03-01

Family

ID=85460229

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111104624A TWI834117B (en) 2021-02-09 2022-02-08 Goods transporting method and apparatus, transfer apparatus, warehousing system, storage medium and computer product

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI834117B (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013004712A1 (en) * 2011-07-05 2013-01-10 SSI Schäfer Noell GmbH Lager- und Systemtechnik Storage and picking system and method for automated picking by means of a channel storage facility
CN105593143A (en) * 2013-10-11 2016-05-18 株式会社日立制作所 Transfer robot system
WO2020004920A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 Cj Logistics Corporation Automatic sorting apparatus and system for delivery goods on unloading conveyor belt
CN111348362A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-06-30 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Goods taking control method and device, carrying device and robot

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013004712A1 (en) * 2011-07-05 2013-01-10 SSI Schäfer Noell GmbH Lager- und Systemtechnik Storage and picking system and method for automated picking by means of a channel storage facility
CN105593143A (en) * 2013-10-11 2016-05-18 株式会社日立制作所 Transfer robot system
WO2020004920A1 (en) * 2018-06-27 2020-01-02 Cj Logistics Corporation Automatic sorting apparatus and system for delivery goods on unloading conveyor belt
CN111348362A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-06-30 深圳市海柔创新科技有限公司 Goods taking control method and device, carrying device and robot

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202237509A (en) 2022-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022170980A1 (en) Cargo transport method and device, transfer device, warehousing system and storage medium
US9862543B2 (en) Bot payload alignment and sensing
CN112896894B (en) Goods transportation method, device, fluent goods shelf, warehousing system and storage medium
US12006168B2 (en) Palletizer-depalletizer system for distribution facilities
CN112896896A (en) Goods transportation method and device, fluent goods shelf, transfer device and storage system
JP6833580B2 (en) Transport system
CN214358251U (en) Transfer device and warehousing system
CN214358253U (en) Fork subassembly, transfer robot and warehouse system
CN214358255U (en) Transfer robot and warehousing system
WO2022206375A1 (en) Material conveying method and device
WO2022206263A1 (en) Material conveying method and device
TWI834117B (en) Goods transporting method and apparatus, transfer apparatus, warehousing system, storage medium and computer product
CN214358252U (en) Fork subassembly, transfer robot and warehouse system
CN214358256U (en) Transfer device and warehousing system
CN214358254U (en) Transfer robot and warehousing system
CN214358257U (en) Transfer device and warehousing system
CN214932935U (en) Transfer robot and warehousing system
CN115258284A (en) Material box processing method and device, mechanical arm, warehousing system and storage medium
JPS6181306A (en) Control method for stacker crane
JP7413756B2 (en) Transfer equipment
US11802010B2 (en) Article transport facility
WO2023182369A1 (en) Instruction device, handling system, handling method, program, and storage medium
US20230174325A1 (en) Intelligent robotized depalletizer
CN112893146B (en) Transmission device, sorting apparatus control method, and storage medium
JP2509748B2 (en) Wood stowage equipment